Cardiocap™/5

DN

Technical Reference Manual

Document Number 6050-0006-345

February 2003
NOTICE
intended use

The Datex-Ohmeda Cardiocap/5 and accessories are indicated for indoor monitoring of hemodynamic (ECG,
impedance respiration, NIBP, temperature, SpO2, and invasive pressure), respiratory (CO2, O2, N20, respiration
rate, anesthetic agent, and agent identification), ventilatory (airway pressure, volume, and flow), and relaxation
status (NMT) of all hospital patients.

With the N-XOSAT option, monitoring of arterial oxygen saturation includes monitoring hospital patients during
conditions of clinical patient motion,

Cardiocap/5 is indicated for patients weighing 5 kg (11 Ib.) or more.

Impedance respiration measurement is indicated for patients ages 3 years and older.

The monttor is indicated for use by qualified medical personnel only.

CAUTION: US Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical
practitioner. Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

Classifications

IEC 60601-1:
= Type of protection against electric shock: Class | equipment.
© Degree of protection against electric shock (indicated by a symbol on the panel beside each connector):
Type BF applied part or Type CF applied part.
* The equipment is not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetic mixture with air or with
oxygen or nitrous oxide.
» Mode of operation: Continuous.

IEC 60529 (degree of protection against harmful ingress of water): 1PX1

EU Medical Device Directive: lib

Responsibility of the manufacturer

Datex-Ohmeda Division, Instrumentarium Corp. is responsible for the safety, reliability and performance of the
equipment only if:
* Assembly, operation, extensions, readjustments, modifications, service, and repairs are carried out by
personnel authorized by Datex-Ohmeda.
® — Electrical installation complies with appropriate requirements.
* The equipment is used in accordance with the Cardiocap/5 User's Guide and serviced and maintained in
accordance with the Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual.

Datex-Ohmeda assumes no responsibility for the use or reliability of its software on equipment that is not
fumished by Datex-Ohmeda.

Trademarks
Datex®, Ohmeda®, and other trademarks (Cardiocap/5, AS/3, CS/3, S/5, 5/5 Light, D-lite, Pedi-lite, D-fend,
D-fend+, MemCard, ComWheel, EarSat, HexSat, OxyTip, Patient 09, and Patient Spirometry) are the property of
Instrumentanum Corp. or its subsidiaries.

Nellcor® is a registered trademark of Mallinckrodt Inc.

АН other product and company names are the property of their respective owners.

© 2003 Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. All rights reserved.

 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Part | - General Service Guide

Overview 1
Monitor Structure
Safety Precautions
Product Specifications

Installation and Functional Check 2

Installation
Interfacing
Functional Check
Functional Check Form

Planned Maintenance 3
Planned Maintenance Instructions
Planned Maintenance Form

Troubleshooting 4
Messages
Troubleshooting Charts

Part Il - Product Service Guide

Frames and Software 5
Hemodynamic Frame (F-MX)
Hemodynamic with Airway Gases Frame (F-MXG)
Anesthesia and Critical Care Software

Measurement Parameters 6
Parameter Unit (NESTPR)
Invasive Pressures and Second Temperature Option (N-XP)
Nelicor Pulse Oximetry Option (N-XNSAT)
Datex-Ohmeda Enhanced Pulse Oximetry Option (N-XOSAT)
Airway Gas Options (N-XC, N-XCO, N-XCAiO)
Patient Spirometry Option (N-XV)
NeuroMuscular Transmission Option (N-XNMT)

Service Procedures 7
Repair and Replacement
Checks, Adjustments, and Calibration

Service Menus
Spare Parts 9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Autoclaving,sterilizing,andeleanin8.............................
cno norris
SEIVICE...ui. ieri
Batteries... inner tres
Special components and modifications
Storage and transport.
DiSPpOS8| .es ee

1.6 Specifications ........................ scene OK ee K RKO Kon -

1.6.1 F-MX and F-MXG frames... uses Pane
POWET SUPPlY.......... iii
Environmental conditions
Mechanics inner
LCD display... einen
Battery...
nn agnes riviera 1-11
1.6.2 Σαμ μμ μμ ------ᾱἷὐμ-------- 1-11
1.6.3 Temperatdre ,ee 1-11
1.6.4 ECO NNN 1-12
1.6.5 Impedance respiration............... neon nee eee hanon amenna 112
1.6.6 Pulse oximetry, standard ........... iii 1-12

1.7 Specificationsforoptions.............................................. 1-13

1.7.1 Pulseoximetry,DatexOhmedaenhanced(N-XOSAT).......................... 1-13
1.7.2 Pulse oximetry, Nellcor compatible (N-XNSAT)
1.7.3 Invasive blood pressure (NHP) meme
1.7.4 Airway gases (N-XC, N-XCO, and N-XCAIO)...... 0...
Gene iii
Respiration fate (RR) eee
Carbon Dioxide (C02), Oxygen (0,), and Nitrous Oxide (N30) eee 1-15
Anesthetic agents (AA)... eee 1-15
Agentidentificatilon..................................... emen. 1-15

1.7.5 Patient Spirometry (N-XV) en 1-17

Conditions exceeding normal... ins 1-18
1.7.6 NeuroMuscular Transmission (N-ANMD nee taneene 1-18
NMT stimulation modes
Stimulatgr
Regional block mode een -
1.7.7 Recorder (N-XREC) iii

Table of Figures
Figure 1-1. Cardiocap/5 monitor structure eee nenene eee eeeeee nenene nenene 1-3
 Overview

1. OVERVIEW

1.1 About this manual

The Technical Reference Manual is for use by service personnel who are qualified to perform service
and maintenance procedures on the Datex-Ohmeda Cardiocap/5. The information in this manual is
believed to be accurate and reliable, however, the manufacturer assumes no responsibility for its use.

The manual is organized as follows:

s Part! (chapter i - chapter4) provides a general overview of the Cardiocap/5, including the
information needed to install, checkout, and maintain the monitor. Part | also includes
information for troubleshooting problems that may occur while using the monitor or that you may
encounter while perfoming procedures in this manual, such as the Functional Check, for example.

* Part {i (chapter 5 - chapter 9) contains detailed functional descriptions of the Cardiocap/5

hardware and software, including measurement principles and components for each
measurement parameter. Procedures for replacing parts and making adjustments are also
included. Part Il also contains illustrations and detailed descriptions of all service screens used
during checkout, maintenance, and other service-related activities. A list of parts with illustrations
is located at the end of Part Il.

Read the entire manual and make sure you understand the procedures described before installing,
repairing, or adjusting the monitor. To avoid risks concerning safety or health, strictly observe all safety
precautions.

Related documentation
For information about using the monitor, refer to the following:
Cardiocap/5 User's Guide, Anesthesia
Cardiocap/5 User’s Guide, Critical Care
Cardiocap/5 User’s Reference Manual, Anesthesia
Cardiocap/5 User's Reference Manual, Critical Care
For PCA drawings, circuit diagrams, and component lists, order the PCA Drawings Service Kit. See the
Spare Parts chapter.

1-1
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

1.2 Cardiocap/5 models and features

The Datex-Ohmeda Cardiocap™/5 is a configured monitor that is intended for indoor monitoring of the
hemodynamic, respiratory, relaxation, and ventilatory status of the patient. Two models of the monitor
are available: hemodynamic (F-MX) and hemodynamic with airway gas measurement (F-MXG). Both
models can be equipped with built-in options.

e All measurement parameter options (and the Recorder option, N-XREC) are factory-configured
and cannot be added after purchase.

= Data collection and management options (N-XNET and N-XDNET) can be added later.

1.2.1 Options for hemodynamic model (F-MX)

The F-MX measures NIBP, ECG (3-lead and 5-lead), pulse oximetry (SpO»), temperature (T1), and
impedance respiration. The F-MX can be configured with the following built-in options:
N-XP Two invasive pressure channels and second temperature (12)
N-XREC Recorder
The F-MX model can also be configured with one of the following built-in options:
N-XNSAT Nellcor® compatible pulse oximetry (Sp0>)
N-XOSAT Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry (SpO2)

1.2.2 Options for hemodynamic model with airway gas measurement (F-MXG)
The F-MXG measures NIBP, ECG (3-lead and 5-lead), pulse oximetry (Sp05), temperature (T1),
impedance respiration, and airway gases. Gas measurement depends on which airway gas option is
installed (N-XC, N-XCO, or N-XCAiO):
N-XC Carbon Dioxide (CO)
N-XCO CO», N°0, and Patient Oxygen (05)
N-XCAIO CO», anesthetic agents, agent identification, No0, and 0,

The F-MXG can also be equipped with each of these built-in options:
N-XP Two invasive pressure channels and second temperature (T2)
N-XV Patient Spirometry (N-XCO or N-XCAiO option required)
N-XREC Recorder
The F-MXG can also be configured with one of the following options:
N-XNSAT Nellcor® compatible pulse oximetry (SpO.)
N-XOSAT Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry (Sp05)
N-XNMT NeuroMuscular Transmission (NMT) for relaxation measurement (N-XCAIO option required)

1.2.3 Data collection and management options (for F-MX and F-MXG)
For both models, these options can be factory-built or added later as upgrades:
N-XNET Network
N-XDNET Data card and Network

1-2
 Overview

1.3 Monitor structure

The Cardiocap/5 can be equipped with several factory-configured options. The block diagram and
descriptions that follow represent the maximum functionality of the monitor with all options installed.

FT|
Patient
connectors 7 NESTPR | cw) [Keyboard] [Recorder DC/ pc ac/0c je
ECG > ECG board
e 7
RIA. PCMCIA

po ELI board || CPU board

spor li |: OSAT boá H

=
n + Net code
NIBP トー NIBP board ト [Battery] | LCD
display 1/0 | Serial out
Patient =
Spirometry pb 10.4” board
4 Analog out
Gases P _
CAO
LT _ ___., ¡Mother [Inverter board)
N-XOSAT >| }—{OSAT board I/F board "| Keyboard|
NANSAT pe NSAN board 00 | Baekight board |
Nur bol NM board|
Figure 1-1. Cardiocap/5 monitor structure

The main software and measurement technologies are based on AS/3 hardware and software. Some
parameter-measuring unit boards are interchangeable with AS/3 module boards, however, the units
can not be replaced with the corresponding modules as the hardware of the assemblies is different.

1.3.1 Measurement parameter units

The maximum Cardiocap/5 parameter measurement configuration consists of the NESTPR, PVX, and
CAiO units plus ONE of the following units: NMT or NSAT or OSAT.

The NESTPR, CAiO, and NMT units are connected to the CPU through the Mother board and
communicate with the CPU over a standard AS/3 module bus. The NSAT or OSAT pulse oximetry unit is
also connected to the CPU through the Mother board and communicates with the CPU over a standard
AS/3 module bus, which is located on the SpO, interface board.

Each parameter measurement board contains a CPU that processes measurement data for the
parameter(s) associated with that board before sending the data to the main CPU.

NESTPR unit
The NESTPR unit contains three boards for measuring hemodynamic parameters:

* The ECG board measures ECG (3-lead and 5-lead) and impedance respiration.

= The STP board measures oxygen saturation, temperature, and invasive blood pressure.

» The NIBP board measures noninvasive blood pressure.

1-3
 Cardiocap/5 Technica! Reference Manual

PVX unit for Patient Spirometry (N-XV option)

The PVX unit connects to the CAIO unit and measures the patient's airway flow and pressure (Patient
Spirometry).

CAIO unit (N-XC, N-XCO, and N-XCAiO options)

The CAiO unit measures airway gases. It is capable of measuring CO,, N,0, O,, anesthetic agents (AA)
and also identifying the present anesthetic agent.

Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry (N-XOSAT option)

The OSAT unit measures oxygen saturation and pulse rate using Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse
oximetry technology.

Nellcor® compatible pulse oximetry (N-XNSAT option)

The NSAT unit measures oxygen saturation and pulse rate using signal processing electronics and
software that are based on Nellcor stand-alone oximeters.

NeuroMuscular Transmission (N-XNMT option)

The NMT unit measures the relaxation status (TOF, DBS, and ST) of patients. When used with a regional
block cable, the unit acts as a nerve locator.

1.3.2 Communication
The CPU communicates with the hemodynamic parameters measuring unit (NESTPR) and airway gas
measuring unit (CAiO) over a standard AS/3 module bus. It is based on the widely-used industry
standard RS485, which uses a differentia! serial method to transfer data and is quite robust.

RS485 serial communication supports multidrop or party line connections. This means all units
connected to the module bus use the same two physical wires for communication purposes. The
module bus uses a 500 kbps data transfer rate.

Communication with the 1/0 board and the DC/DC board takes place over an internal synchronous
serial bus. The same bus also controls display brightness and audio signals by means of D/A
converters located on the CPU board.

Communication with the Net takes place overa separate synchronous serial channel.
Communication with the Recorder takes place over an asynchronous serial channel.

1.3.3 CPU board

The control functions of the monitor are centralized on the CPU board. The CPU:

* Controls the power on/off sequencing.

* Controls the brightness of the LCD screen by means of the Backlight board.

* Controls the Inverter board that provides the high voltage for the display backlights.

* Reads input from the keyboard and ComWheel.

* Controls the serial channels and 1/0 functions of the monitor.

Two PCMCIA-compatible data card slots on the board are for loading software and transferring data.

1-4
 Overview

Distributed processing
The parameter and airway measuring units contain their own microprocessor systems for performing
low level functions, such as waveform filtering and pneumatics control. At the same time, the main
CPU performs higher level tasks (trending and alarm control, for example).

1.3.4 Display
The main CPU directly controls the monitor display, a 10.4 inch color LCD. Supply voltages for the
display are connected via the CPU board and the Backlight board. The inverter board provides high
voltage for the display backlights. The CPU controls the display brightness by adjusting the backlight
voltage.

1.3.5 1/0 board

The 1/0 board contains D/A converters for analog outputs and the audio output amplifier. It also
contains connectors for the network identification plug, serial I/O, analog output, and external
keyboard.
Analog outputs are created by transferring digital data from the CPU to the D/A converters on the 1/0
board through the internal synchronous serial bus. The network identification plug is connected to the
CPU over a separate synchronous serial channel.

1.3.6 DC/DC board

The DC/DC board converts 15 VDC coming from the AC/DC unit to different supply voltages for the
monitor. All outputs are short-circuit and over-voltage protected. The CPU controls the output voltages.
If the mains voltage drops, the 12 VDC back-up battery automatically supplies power to the monitor.
The battery will run the monitor for at least 15 minutes. The battery is always charged when mains
voltage is connected. The temperature sensor that measures the monitor's internal temperature is
located on the board. The DC/DC board communicates with the CPU over the internal synchronous
serial bus.

1.3.7 AC/DC unit

The AC/DC unit converts the mains voltage to 15 VDC that is fed to the DC/DC board. The input
voltage range of the unit is 100 to 240 VAC. The DC/DC board shuts down the AC/DC unit when there
is over voltage detected on the 15 VDC output. The shutdown mode Is reset by detaching the mains
power cord for 30 seconds.

1.3.8 Recorder (N-XREC option)

The Recorder prints trend data and record parameter waveforms. It connects to the CPU through an
asynchronous serial channel. Recorder supply voltages connect through a Recorder board that is
permanently attached to the recorder mounting box. The board contains a voltage filter and a delay
circuit for 12V.

1-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

1.4 Symbol definitions

Symbols on equipment
Attention! Read accompanying instructions, including all wamings and cautions,
before using this device.
This symbol has the following meanings when it appears on the screen:

= When displayed beside the 0, value, indicates that the FiO, low-alarm limit is set
below 21%.

* When displayed next to the HR value, indicates that there is a risk that the monitor
counts pacemaker spikes (pacer is set ON R) or the monitor counts T-waves (a
wide QRS is selected).

Type BF applied part (IEC 60601-1). Defibrillator-proof protection against electric shock.
回

Type CF applied part (IEC 60601-1). Defibrillator-proof protection against electric shock.
ーー
=

Main Menu. Located beside the ComWheel to indicate you can open the Main Menu
by pressing the ComWheel when no other menu is displayed.

Power On/Standby.

This battery contains lead. Separate from other waste for disposal according to local
regulations.

This battery contains lead and can be recycled.

Dangerous voltage.

Gas outlet (in airway gas models only).

Ethernet connectors.

Equipotentiality. Monitor can be connected to potential equalization conductor.

Alternating current.

Fuse.

1-6
 Overview

Symbols on screens
When displayed on the upper left comer of the screen, indicates alarms are silenced.
When in the menu or digit fields, indicates that the alarm source has been turned off.

Sub menu. Selecting an alternative with this symbol in a menu opens a new menu.

The monitor is connected to the Datex-Ohmeda Network.

Data card (green) and/or Menu card (white) is inserted.

Indicates the beats detected.

Respiration rate is measured using impedance respiration measurement.

Back-up battery operation and remaining capacity.

Back-up battery charging.

Symbols on transport packaging

y The contents of the package are fragile and have to be handled with care.

И
x
Indicates the correct upright position of the transport package.

The package must be kept in a dry environment.

1 The package should be kept within the indicated temperature limitations.

1-7
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

1.5 Safety precautions

1.5.1 Warnings
Refer to the User's Reference Manual for additional wamings to be observed while monitoring a patient.

A WARNING indicates a situation in which the user or the patient may be in danger of injury or
death.

Power connection
Before connecting the power cord to the mains outlet, check that the local voltage and frequency
rating corresponds with the rating stated on the device plate on the rear panel of the monitor.

Connect the monitor to a three-wire, grounded, hospital-grade receptacle. Do not remove the
grounding prong from the power plug.
Use an intact power cord. Replace the cord if it is cracked, frayed, broken, or damaged.

Do not apply tension to the power cord. The cord may break.
Do not use extension cords or adapters.

External connection
Connect the monitor only to other monitors or external devices specified by Datex-Ohmeda.

Electrical shock hazard

When you connect equipment to the Cardiocap/5 input and output connectors, you are configuring a
medical system and are responsible for ensuring that the system complies with IEC/EN 60601-1-1
and with local requirements.
Do not touch any exposed wire or conductive surface while covers are off and the monitor is energized.
The voltages present can Cause injury or death.

Always perform an electrical safety check and leakage current test of the monitor after service.

Fuse replacement
Replace the fuse with a fuse of the same type and with the same rating.

Explosion hazard
Do not use the monitor in the presence of flammable anesthetics.

Patient safety
Do not test or perform maintenance on the monitor while it is being used on a patient.

Use only cables and accessories approved by Datex-Ohmeda. Do not modify them. Other cables and
accessories may damage the monitor or interfere with measurement.

PACEMAKER PATIENTS: The impedance respiration measurement may cause rate changes in Minute
Ventilation Rate Responsive Pacemakers. Set the pacemaker rate responsive mode off or turn the
impedance respiration measurement off on the monitor.

Temperature probes
To prevent injury, use Datex-Ohmeda temperature probes only.

1-8
 Overview

Service and cleaning

Only trained personnel with proper tools and test equipment should perform the tests and repairs
described in this manual. Unauthorized service may void the monitor warranty.

Turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning or service. Make sure the monitor is
completely dry before reconnecting it to the mains outlet.

1.5.2 Cautions
Refer to the User's Reference Manual for additional cautions to be observed while monitoring a patient.

A CAUTION indicates a condition that may lead to equipment damage or malfunction.

General
US Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Do not apply presurized airto any outlet or tubing connected to the monitor. Pressure may destroy
sensitive elements.

Use only cables and accessories approved by Datex-Ohmeda. Other cables and accessories may
damage the system or interfere with measurement.
Vibrations during transport may disturb SpO ECG, impedance respiration, and NIBP measurements.

Installation
Leave space behind the monitor to allow proper ventilation.

Before use
Allow two minutes for warm-up and note any error messages or deviations from normal operation.

Airway gas measurement

Strong scavenging suction may change the operating pressure of the monitor and cause inaccurate
readings or internal damage.

Autoclaving, sterilizing, and cleaning

Do not steam autoclave or gas sterilize the monitor.
Do not use hypochlorite, ammonia-based, phenol-based, or acetone-based cleaners. These cleaners
may damage the surface of the monitor.

Do not immerse any part of the monitor in liquid or allow liquid to enter the interior.

Clean the fan dust filter on the rear panel once a month or whenever necessary.

Service
Electrostatic discharge through the PC boards may damage the components. Before handling printed
circuit boards, wear a Static control wrist strap. Handle all boards by their nonconductive edges and
use antistatic containers when transporting them.

Do not break or bypass the patient isolation barrier when testing PC boards.

1-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Batteries
There is a lithium battery on the CPU board. Discard broken IC containing the battery according
to
local regulations.
The battery package of the power supply unit in this device contains lead, which is hazardous to the
environment. Dispose of the battery according to local regulations.

To replace the batteries safely, please refer to the instructions in this manual.

* Do not short-circuit the battery terminals. Short-circuiting the battery may produce a very high
current, which damages the battery and may cause injury to personnel.

» Do not dispose of the battery into open flame, nor put the battery near fire, as it may explode.

e Do not disassemble the battery. It contains electrolyte, which may damage clothing or cause
injury to skin or eyes. If exposed to electrolyte, wash the injured area with plenty of water and
contact a doctor.

See Symbols on equipment earlier in this chapter.

Special components and modifications

Special components used in this monitor are vital to assure reliability and safety. Datex-Ohmeda
assumes no responsibility for damage if replacement components not approved by Datex-Ohmeda
are used.

The manufacturer accepts no responsibility for modifications made to the monitor outside the factory.

Storage and transport

Do not store or transport the monitor outside the specified temperature and pressure range:
Temperature -10 to +50 °C (14 to 122°F)
Ambient pressure 660 to 1060 hPa (500 to 800 mmHg)
660 to 1060 mbar
Relative humidity 0 to 85 % non-condensing

Disposal
Dispose of the device and its parts according to local environmental and waste disposal regulations.

1-10
 Overview

1.6 Specifications
All product specifications are subject to change without prior notice.

1.6.1 F-MX and F-MXG frames

Power supply
Rated voltages and frequencies: 100 to 240 VAC 60/50 Hz
Ailowed voltage fluctuations: + 10%
Maximum power consumption: 80 VA
Fuses (2): T2AH/250V

Environmental conditions
Operating temperature: +10 to +40 °C (50 to 104 °F}
Storage and transport temp: -10 to +50 °C (14 to 122 °F)
Relative humidity: 10 to 85 % noncondensing, in airway 0 to 100 % condensing
Atmospheric pressure: 660 to 1060 hPa (500 to 800 mmHg)

Mechanics
Dimension: 330 mm x 220 mm x 300 mm (width x depth x height)
Weight: <11.2 kg/ <24.8 lbs (F-MXG with all options); <10.2 kg/ <22.6 lbs (F-MX with all options)

LCD display
Display size: 10.4 inch
Display type: Áctive matrix color LCD display
Resolution: 640 x 480

Battery
Type: 12V 2.6AH, lead acid
Back-up battery time: at least 15 minutes when fully charged
Charging time: 5 hours (typical)
The green battery charge status LED is On when the battery is fully charged, on the holding voltage. The
LED flashes when the battery is being charged.

1.6.2 NIBP
Measurement range:
adult 25 to 260 mmHg
child 25 to 195 mmHg
infant 15 to 145 mmHg
Pulse rate range accepted: 30 to 250 bpm
Typical measuring time: adults 23 seconds, infants 20 seconds

1.6.3 Temperature
Measurement range: 10 to 45°C (50 to 113°F)
Measurement accuracy: 25 to 45.0 °C 4.0.1 °C (77 to 113 °F 40.2 OR
10 to 24.9 °C + 0.2 °C (50 to 76.8 °F+ 0.4 °F)
Probe type: Compatible with Datex-Ohmeda temperature probes only

1-11
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

1.6.4 ECG
Waveform display (with 50 Hz power supply frequency):
Monitoring filter: 0.5 to 30 Hz
ST filter: 0.05 to 30Hz
Diagnostic filter: 0.05 to 100 Hz
Waveform display (with 60 Hz power supply frequency):
Monitoring filter: 0.5 to 40 H
ST filter: 0.05 to 40 Hz
Diagnostic filter: 0.05 to 100 Hz

Heart rate
Measurement range: 30 to 250 bpm
Measurement accuracy: + 5% or + 5
Pacemaker pulse detection level: 2 to 500 mV
Pacemaker pulse duration: 0.5 to 2 ms

1.6.5 Impedance respiration

Respiration range: 4 to 120 respirations/ minute
Accuracy: + 5% or + 5 bpm

1.6.6 Pulse oximetry, standard

Display update time: 5 seconds
Averaging time: adjustable
Plethysmographic waveform scaling: adjustable

5002
Calibration range: 50 to 100%
Calibrated against functional saturation
Measurement range: 40 to 100%
Measurement accuracy (% SpO, +1 SD):
80 to 100% + 2 digits:
50 to 80% + 3 digits;
Below 50% unspecified
NOTE: SpO, measurement accuracy is based on deep hypoxia studies using Datex-Ohmeda FingerSat
sensors on volunteered subjects. Arterial blood samples were analyzed by a Radiometer OSM
CO-oximeter. Refer to the sensor instructions for specific SpO, accuracy data.

Pulse rate
Measurement range: 30 to 250 bpm
Measurement accuracy: + 5% or + 5 bpm

Default alarm limits

SpO,: high Off, low 90%
Pulse rate: high 160, low 40
NOTE: Limits are adjustable.

Sensor emitter wavelength ranges

Red LED: 660 nm
Infrared LED: 900 nm

1-12
 Overview

1.7 Specifications for options

1.7.1 Pulse oximetry, Datex-Ohmeda enhanced (N-XOSAT)
Display update time: 5 seconds
Averaging time: 12 seconds
Plethysmographic waveform scaling: automatic

Sp02
Calibration range: 70 to 100%
Calibrated against functional saturation
Measurement range: 1 to 100%
Measurement accuracy (% SpO, +1 SD):
70 to 100% + 2 digits
70 to 100% + 3 digits during conditions of clinical patient motion
Below 70% unspecified
NOTE: SpO, measurement accuracy is statistically derived and correlated to simultaneous arterial
blood gases measured on a Radiometer OSM3 CO-oximeter. Refer to the sensor instructions for
specific accuracy data.

Pulse rate
Measurement range: 30 to 250 bpm
Measurement accuracy: + 2% or + 2 bpm (whichever is greater)

Default alarm limits

SpO,: high Off, low 90%
Pulse rate: high 160, low 40
NOTE: Limits are adjustable.

Sensor emitter wavelength ranges

Red LED: 650 to 665 nm
infrared LED: 930 to 950 nm
Average power: < 1 mW

1.7.2 Pulse oximetry, Nellcor compatible (N-XNSAT)

Display update time: 5 seconds
Averaging time: 5 to 7 seconds
Plethysmographic waveform scaling: automatic

5002
Calibrated against functional saturation
Measurement range: 1 to 100%
Measurement accuracy (% SpO, +1 SD):
{Q to 100% (+ 2 digits to + 3.5 digits, depending on the sensor)
Below 70% unspecified
See the User's Reference Manual (Pulse Oximetry chapter) for a list of approved sensors and
accuracy details.
NOTE: SpO, measurement accuracy is based on testing healthy adult volunteers in induced hypoxia
studies.

1-13
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Pulse rate
Measurement range: 30 to 250 bpm
Measurement accuracy: + 3 digits

Default alarm limits

SpO,: high Off, low 90%
Pulse rate: high 160, low 40
NOTE: Limits are adjustable.

Sensor emitter wavelength ranges

Red LED: 660 nm
Infrared LED: 920 nm

1.7.3 Invasive blood pressure (N-XP)

Measurement range: -40 to 320 mmHg
Measurement accuracy: + 5% or + 2 mmHg
Transducer sensitivity: 5 uV/V/mmHg, 5 Vdc, max 20 mA

Pulse rate
Measurement range: 30 to 250 bpm
Accuracy: +5% or+ 5 bpm

1.7.4 Airway gases (N-XC, N-XCO, and N-XCAi0)

Accuracy specifications apply in normal conditions.

General
Airway humidity: 0 to 100%, condensing
Sampling rate: 200 + 20 ml/min. (sampling line 2-3 m, normal conditions)
Sampling delay: 2.5 seconds typical with a 3 m sampling line
Total system response time: 2.9 seconds typical with a 3 m sampling line, including sampling delay
and rise time
Display update rate: breath-by-breath
Automatic compensation for pressure, CO,-N,0 and CO,-0, collision broadening effect
Warm-up time:
2 minutes for operation with CO,, 0,, and N,0
5 minutes for operation of anesthetic agents
30 minutes for full specifications
Autozeroing interval:
immediately after “Calibrating gas sensor” message and
2,5, 10, 15, 30, 45, 60 minutes after start-up, then every 60 minutes

Respiration rate (RR)

Measurement range: 4 to 60 breaths/minute
Detection criteria: 1% variation in CO,

1-14
 Overview

Carbon Dioxide (C02), Oxygen (0,), and Nitrous Oxide (N,0)

Measurement Carbon Dioxide (C02) Oxygen (0,) Nitrous Oxide (N20)
Range Oto 15 vol%, (O to 15 kPa) Oto 100% O to 100%
(0 to 113 mmHg)
Rise time < 400 ms typical < 400 ms typical < 450 ms typical
Accuracy < 0.3 vol% < 2 vol% < 3 vol%
(typical value)
Gas cross effects < 0.2 vol% < 1 vol% (anesthetic agents); < 2 vol%
(0,, NO, and anesthetic agents) < 2 vol% (N20) (anesthetic agents)

NOTE:
* If CO, concentration is below 0.1%, 0.0% is displayed.

e 0, Fi-Et difference: resolution 0.1 vol%

Anesthetic agents (AA)

Resolution is two digits when the AA concentration is below 1.0 vol%.
IF AA concentration is below 0.1 vol%, 0.0% is displayed.

Measurement Halothane, Isoflurane, Enflurane Sevoflurane Desflurane

Range _ O to 6% 0 to 8% 0 to 20%
Rise time < 400 ms typical
Accuracy < 0.2 vol% < 0.2 vol% O to 5% < 0.2 vol%
(typical value) 5 to 10% < 0.5 vol%
| 10 to 20% < 1.0 vol%
Gas cross effects < 0.15 vol% N20

Agent identification
Identification threshold: 0.15 vol% typically
Identification time: < 20 seconds (for pure agents)
Mixture identification threshold for 2nd agent: 0.2 vol% +10% of total conc.

MAC
Range: 0 to 9.9 MAC
Equation:

“WETAA) %ETNXA
MAC(AA) = SABIAM), RETRO
x(AA) 100

where x(AA): Hal = 0.75%, Enf = 1.7%, Iso = 1.15%, Sev = 2.05%, Des = 6.0%.
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Normal conditions
After 30-minute warm-up period:
Ambient temperature: 18 to 28 °C, within + 5 °C of calibration
Ambient pressure: 500 to 800 mmHg, + 50 mmHg of calibration
Ambient humidity: 20 to 80% RH, + 20% RH of calibration
Non-disturbing gases:
Ethanol C,H,OH (< 0.3%)
Acetone (< 0.1%)
Methane CH, (< 0.2%}
Nitrogen N,
Carbon monoxide CO
Nitric oxide NO (< 200 ppm)
Water vapor
Maximum effect on readings:
CO, < 0.2 vol%
0,,N,0 < 2 vol%
Anesthetic agents < 0.15 vol%
Effect of helium: decreases CO, readings < 0.6 vol% typically

Conditions exceeding normal

Accuracy specifications under conditions © © ©:
O Ambient temperature: 10 to 40°C, within + 5 °C of calibration
Ambient pressure: 500 to 800 mmHg, £ 50 mmHg of calibration
Ambient humidity: 10 to 98% RH, + 20% RH of calibration

© During warm-up, 2 to 10 minutes (anesthetic agents 5-10 minutes) under normal conditions

© During warm-up, 10 to 30 minutes under normal conditions

Parameter Accuracy under Condition @

co, + (0.3 vol% + 4% of reading); at 5 vol% error+ 0.5 vol%

0, + (2 vol% + 2% of reading)

N,0 + (3 vol% + 3% of reading

Agents (Des, Enf, Hal, Iso, Sev) + (0.2 vol% + 10% of reading)

Parameter Accuracy under Condition @

co, + (0.4 vol% + 7% of reading); at 5 vol% error + 0.75 vol%

0, + (3 vol% + 3% of reading)

N,0 | + (3 vol% + 5% of reading) o

Agents (Des, Enf, Hal, Iso, Sev) | + (0.3 vol% + 10% of reading)

1-16
 Overview

Parameter Accuracy under Condition ©

co, + (0.3 vol% + 4% of reading); at 5 vol% error+ 0.5 vol%

0, + (2 vol% + 2% of reading)

N,0 + (3 vol% + 3% of reading

Agents (Des, Enf, Hal, Iso, Sev) | + (0.2 vol% + 10% of reading)

1.7.5 Patient Spirometry (N-XV)

Accuracy specifications apply in normal conditions.
After 10-minute warm-up period
Ambient temperature: 10 to 40 °C
Ambient pressure: 500 to 800 mmHg
Ambient humidity: 10 to 98% RH
Airway humidity: 10 to 100% RH
Respiration rate: 4 to 35 breaths/ minute (adult); 4 to 50 breaths/ minute (pediatric)
FE ratio: 1:4.5 to 2:1
Intubation tube: 5.5 to 10 mm (adult); 3 to 6 mm (pediatric)
Detection through D-lite™ or Pedi-lite™ flow sensor and gas sampler:
Measurement D-lite flow sensor (adult) Pedi-lite flow sensor (pediatric)

Tidal volume
Measurement range 150 to 2000 ml 15 to 300 mi
Resolution 1 πι 1 ml
Accuracy (typical value) + 6% or 30 ml + 6% or4 ml

Minute volume
Measurement range 2 to 20 1/minute 0.5 to 5 I/minute
Resolution 0.1 /minute 0.1 /minute
Accuracy (typical value} + 6% + 6%

Airway pressures
Measurement range -20 to +100 cmH,0 -20 to +100 cmH,O
Resolution 0.5 cmH,0 0.5 cmH,0
Accuracy (typical value) + 1 cmH,0 not applicable

Airway flow
Measurement range 1.5 to 100 I/minute 0.25 to 25 I/minute

Compliance
Measurement range 4 to 100 ml/cmH,0 4 to 100 mi/cmH,0
Resolution 1 mi/cmH,0 0.1 mi/cmH,0

Airway resistance
Measurement range O to 40 cm H,0/1/second O to 40 cm H,0/l/second
Resolution 1 cmH,0/ l/s 1 cmH,0/1/s

| Sensor specifications
Dead space 9.5 mi 2.5 ml
Resistance at 30 1/minute 0.5 cmH,0 not applicable
Resistance at 10 I/minute not applicable 1.0 cmH,0

1-17
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Conditions exceeding normal

Accuracy specifications during warm-up (first 2 to 10 minutes after power is turned on):
Airway pressure(Paw) accuracy: +2 cmH,0
Tidal volume accuracy: + 10% or 100 ml (adult); + 10% or 10 ml (pediatric)

1.7.6 NeuroMuscular Transmission (N-XNMT)

NMT stimulation modes
Stimulation modes
Train of four (TOF)
Double burst, 3.3 (DBS)
Single twitch (ST)
50 Hz tetanic + post tetanic count (PTC)
Measurement intervals (TOF and DBS): manual; 10 seconds, 12 seconds, 15 seconds, 20 seconds,
1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes
Measurement intervals (ST): manual; 1 second, 10 seconds, 20 seconds

Stimulator
Stimulus pulse: Square wave, constant current
Pulse width: 100, 200 or 300 us
Stimulus current range (supramax and manual): 10 to 70 mA with 5 mA steps
Stimulus current accuracy: 10% or +3 mA (whichever is greater)
Maximum load: 3 kQ
Maximum voltage: 300 V

Regional block mode

Stimulation modes: Single twitch
Intervals: 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds
Stimulus pulse: Square wave, constant current
Pulse width: 40 ps
Stimulus current range: 0 to 5.0 mA with 0.1 mA steps
Stimulus current accuracy: 20% or 0.3 mA (whichever is greater)

1.7.7 Recorder (N-XREC)

Principle: thermal array
Print resolution
Vertical: 8 dots/mm (200 dots/inch)
Horizontal: 32 dots/mm (800 dots/inch) at speed of 25 mm/second and slower
Paper width: 50 mm, printing width 48 mm
Traces: selectable; 1, 2, or 3 traces
Print speed: 1, 6.25, 12.5, 25 mm/second

1-18
 Contents

Chapter 2. Installation and Functional Check

2.1 Introduction ....................................ö.0.0000. PN 2-1

2.2 Installation....... essensen renees ee o onen ena kn M ....2-1

2.2.1 Front panel components... iii
Patient connectors panel (F-MX).............. ss
Patient connectorspanel(F-MXG)...........................
2.2.2 Rearpane нии
2.2.3 Connection to network
2.2.4 Samplegasexhaustconnections.................................e. emen
Returning gasto the patient CirCUit e
Scavenging through direct connection...

2.3 Interfacing..................................... 이다 아아아 ooo Reno non -

2.3.1 Interfacinga printer 0 mermererra 2-7
2.3.2 Interfacing a computer ins 2-7
2.3.3 Interfacing other devices using the analog/ digital output connector.................... 2-7
Digital OUtDUS een 2-7
Analog outputs eee ee ee RR RE RE RR R RE HER R E Ret 2-8
2.3.4 Setting the analog output signals............ i 2-9

2.4 Connectorpinassignments........................................ 2-10

2.4.1 Analog/digital output connector {X1) eee vnné 2-10
2.4.2 RS-232 serial communication interface/local printer connector (X2)................... 2-11
2.4.3 Network identification plug connector (X3)
244 tthermetconnector(X4)..................
eme
2.4.5 Remote Control comector (MD) emer

2.5 Functional check ..................................,...

ss.
Using the Functional Check Form sn
Recommended t001S nement
2.5.1 Functional inspection seen
Recorder test (if N-XREC option is included)
Memory card (PCMCIA) test (if N-XDNET option is included)
Network test (if N-XNET or N-XDNET option is included) ...............
ECG board test eee
STP board test
NIBP board test
Pulse oximetry test (if N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT option is included) ............................. 2-19
Gas measurement and spirometry teSt emen. 2-20
NeuroMuscular Transmission (NMT) test (If N-XNMT option is included)............... 2-21
2.5.2 Performance checks........... emen 2-23

Functional Check Form ο. End of this chapter

Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Table of Figures
Figure 2-1. Cardiocap7/5 monitor (F-MXG) iii rene 2-1
Figure 2-2. Patientconnections—Hemodynamic(F-MX)..............................1. 2-2
Figure 2-3. Patient connections—-Hemodynamic with gas (F-MXG) rece 2-3
Figure 2-4.Rearpahel(FMXOG》 eee eee eee 2-4
Figure 2-5. Scavenging through ventilator reservoir eee einen 2-5
Figure 2-6. Gas return to patient circuit in AS/3 ADU ee teen ooo nee 2-6
Figure 2-7. Connection directly to a scavenging system... es 2-6
 Installation and Functional Check

2. INSTALLATION AND FUNCTIONAL CHECK

2.1 Introduction
This chapter includes the information needed to install and check the monitor. Information for
connecting other equipment, such as a printer or computer, is also included, If you need assistance
concerning the installation, please contact your authorized distributor.

2.2 Installation

2.2.1 Front panel components

Figure 2-1. Cardiocap/5 monitor (F-MXG)

(1) Power On/standby key

(2) External power indicator/ Battery charge status LED

(3) Alarm indicators

(4) _ Insertion slots for memory cards (Data card and Menu card)
A cover for the slots is available. See the Spare Parts chapter later in this manual.

(5) Direct access keys

(6) Adjustable rear support

(7) ComWheel

2-1
 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

(8) Recorder (N-XREC option)

NOTE: The two-button recorder (shown) is for Cardiocap/5 monitors using software version 3.0
or higher. A one-button recorder was available previously.

( 9) Patient connectors

(10) Spirometry connectors

(11)
1 NIBP connector

( 12) D-fend housing (F-MXG only)

Patient connectors panel (F-MX)

OJE 5)
NIBP {7} ECG №) $002 -{w}--p1- Щи

b 一
SEE) 4 一

D © © © 000
Figure 2-2. Patient connections—Hemodynamic (F-MX)

(1) MBP
(2) ECG
(3) Spo,
NOTE: Connector type depends or
on which SPO; option is installed:

Connector for Datex-Ohmeda

standard pulse oximetry

spo2 14)
Connector for Datex-Ohmeda
ο ο9 enhanced pulse oximetry

Spo, _ (0

| : | Connector
for Nellcor®
| | compatible pulse oximetry

) Invasive pressure, P1 (N-XP option)

) Invasive pressure, P2 (N-XP option}

(6) Temperature, T2 (N-XP option)

(7) Temperature, T1

2-2
 installation and Functional Check

Patient connectors panel (F-MXG)

rari
> =D OR
P
Spiromety TİP NMI] it} 二 一

© ーー NIBP it} ECG _® so Mn

os so
266 2902 o KE

©
Saa oo so

= © ©
Figure 2-3. Patient connections—Hemodynamic with gas (F-MXG)

( 1) Spirometry
(N-XV option)

( 2) NMT(N-XNMT option)
—

(3) Invasive pressure, P2 (N-XP option)

( 4) ) Temperature, T2 (N-XP option)

( 5) Temperature, T1

(6) ) Invasive pressure, P1 (N-XP option)

)
NOTE:= Connectortype depends on which 1500 option is installed:

Connector for Datex-Ohmeda

standard pulse oximetry

sor о σος.
25 Connector for Datex-Ohmeda
sas enhanced pulse oximetry

me BD ον
| | Connector
for Nellcor®
| compatible pulse oximetry

(8) ECG

(9) NIBP
(10) D-fend housing

2-3
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

2.2.2 Rear panel

Figure 2-4. Rear panel (F-MXG)

(1) Built-in handle

(2) Gas outlet (F-MXG only), X6
(3) Remote Control connector, X5

(4) Ethernet connector, X4

(5) Network connection LEDs
(6) Network identification plug connector, X3
(7) Serial communication interface/local printer connector, X2
(8) Analog/digital output connector, X1
(includes nurse call and defibrillator synchronization signals)

(9) Mounting attachment

(10) Dust filter

(11) Potential equalization

(12) Fuse and voltage information

(13) Receptacle for mains power cord and fuses

WARNING: Electrical shock hazard. Connect the power cord to a three-wire, grounded, hospital-
grade receptacle only.

CAUTION: Turn off the power before making any rear panel connections.

2-4
 Installation and Functional Check

2.2.3 Connection to network

if either Cardiocap/5 Network option (N-XNET or N-XDNET) is installed, you can connect the
Cardiocap/5 to the Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Network and Central. Use the Monitor-Network cable to
connect the monitor
to the network.

1. Power off the monitor.

On the rear panel, connect one of the RJ-45 connectors to connector X4 and connect the
> identification Plug to connector
X3.
3. Connect the other RJ-45 connectorto the corresponding Datex-Ohmeda Central Network
connector on the wall box.
4. Poweron the monitor.
5. Confirm that the network symbol and the “Connected to Network” message are displayed on the
upper part of the screen.

παπα,
NOTE: The network symbol does not display if the battery symbol is displayed.

2.2.4 Sample gas exhaust connections

When N,0 or volatile anesthetics are used, take precautions against venting these gases into room air.
Return the sample gas to the patient circuit or connect the sample gas outlet of the monitor to the
scavenging system.

CAUTION: Strong scavenging suction may change the operating pressure of the monitor and cause
inaccurate readings or internal damage.

Returning gas to the patient circuit

|
Sample Gas Out

Figure 2-5. Scavenging through ventilator reservoir

* Connect an exhaust line to the sample gas outlet on the rear panel of the monitor.

e Attach the other end of the line to the ventilator reservoir. Make sure that the reservoir tube
diameter is at least 2-3 times larger than the exhaust line.

2-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

if you use the Datex-Ohmeda AS/3 Anesthesia Delivery Unit (ADU), connect an optional adapter
(881644, 5/pkg) to the patient breathing tubes.

Figure 2-6, Gas return to patient circuit in AS/3 ADU

Scavenging through direct connection

Connect the sample gas outlet only to an open scavenging system where gas is removed at room
pressure,

CAUTION: Strong scavenging suction may change the operating pressure of the monitor and cause
inaccurate readings or internal damage.

… AE laET
и Sample Gas Out
/

Figure 2-7. Connection directly to a scavenging system

* Connect the exhaust line (733195, 5/pkg) to the sample gas outlet on the monitor.

* Attach a T-fitting (882377, 5/pkg) between the exhaust line and the scavenging tube to prevent
vacuum in the tube.

2-6
 Installation and Functional Check

2.3 Interfacing
WARNING: Electrical shock hazard. When you connect equipment to the Cardiocap/5 input and
output connectors, you are configuring a medical system and are responsible for ensuring that
the system complies with IEC/EN 60601-1-1 and with local requirements.

2.3.1 Interfacing a printer

You can connect a PCL-5 compatible laser printer to the Cardiocap/5 using the Datex-Ohmeda Light
Monitor-Printer cable. Connect this serial-to-parallel interface cable between the local printer
connector (X2) and the printer. For ordering details, refer to the Datex-Ohmeda Supplies &
Accessories Catalog.

WARNING: Connecting the power supply cord of the printer to the wall socket may cause the
printer leakage current to exceed the limit specified for medical equipment. Always connect the
printer to an appropriate isolation transformer.

2.3.2 Interfacing a computer

It is possible to interface a computer
to the Cardiocap/5. For further information, please contact your
authorized Datex-Ohmeda distributor.

WARNING: Connecting the power supply cord of the computer to the wall socket may cause the
computer leakage current to exceed the limit specified for medical equipment. Always connect
the computer to an appropriate separating transformer.

2.3.3 interfacing other devices using the analog/ digital output connector
The analog/ digital output connector (X1) can be used to interface other devices to the Cardiocap/5.

Digital outputs

Defibrillation sync
The ECG generates the defibrillation sync digital output signal. The signal is set to a high state
(logic 1: 2.8 ta 5.0 VDC ) when activated. After 10 ms, it is set back to a low state
(logic O: 0 to 0.8 VDC). The signal is regenerated only after returning to the low state. The delay from
the R-wave peak to the start of the signal is 35 ms maximum.

Nurse call
The nurse call digital output signal is generated by red, yellow, and white alarms. When activated, the
signal is set to a high state and remains at a high state until the alarm situation is over or the Silence
Alarms key is pressed. The high state (logic 1) ranges from 2.8 to 5.0 VDC while the low state (logic 0)
ranges from 0 to 0.8 VDC. The nurse call signal also activates a relay that connects X1 (pins 11 and 12).

2-7
 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Analog outputs
Each analog output signal is scaled linearly between -5 and +5 volts. The resolution is 4096 steps
over 10 volts, or approximately 0.00244 volts per step. All signal levels are updated every 10 ms.

OFF Default state. No signal is present at the analog output pin.

HR according to selected source (display value)
The original scale of 0 to 300 beats is scaled between 0 and 3 volts.

ECG1, ECG2, ECG3

The original scale of -5000 microvolts to +5000 microvolts is scaled between -5 and +5 volts.

P1 Ire, P2 Ire (Invasive pressure real-time values, low resolution)

The original scale of -20 mmHg to +320 mmHg is scaled between -0.2 and +3.2 volts.
P1 hre, P2 hre (Invasive pressure real-time values, high resolution)
The original scale of -20 mmHg to +50 mmHg is scaled between -2 and +5 voits.
Pleth The original scale of -100% to 100% is scaled between -5 and +5 volts.
Sp0,>40, Sp0,>60, Sp0,>80 (beat-to-beat, display value, 10 s average)
The original scale of 40 to 100% (Sp0,>40), 60 to 100% (Sp0,>60) or 80 to 100%
(Sp0,>80) is scaled between -5 and +5 volts.
CO, The original scale of 0% to 10% is scaled between O and +5 volts. Values greater than 10%
are set to 10%. (Airway gas special indications are applied. See Special indications for
analog outputs below.)
AA (anesthetic agent)
The original scale of 0% to 10% is scaled between 0 and +5 volts. Values greaterthan 10%
are set to 10%. (Airway gas special indications are applied. See Special indications for
analog outputs below.)
0, The original scale of 0% to 100% is scaled between 0 and +5 volts. (Airway gas special
indications are applied. See Special indications for analog outputs below.)
№0 The original scale of 0% to 100% is scaled between 0 and +5 volts. (Airway gas special
indications are applied. See Special indications for analog outputs below.)
Paw (airway pressure)
The original scale of -20 emH,0 to +80 cmH,0 is scaled between -5 and +5 volts. (Airway
gas sensor failure is applied. See Special indications for analog outputs below.)
Flow The original scale of - 100 I/minute to +100 I/minute is scaled between -5 and +5 volts.
(Airway gas sensor failure is applied. See Special indications for analog outputs below.)

Volume The original scale of -2.5 liters to +2.5 liters is scaled between -5 and +5 volts. (Airway gas
sensor failure is applied. See Special indications for analog outputs below.)

Resp The original scale of - 5000 mohms is scaled between -5 and +5 volts.
RR The respiration rate display ofO to 150 breaths per minute is scaled between 0 and +1.5 volts.
T1,72 The original temperature scale of 0 °C to 50 °C is scaled between O and +5 volts.
TEST SIGNALS -5V, OV, +5V
Steady signals with one of the listed values.

TEST 1. Test signal of a triangle shape with a base width of 1 second (0 V minimum; +5 V maximum).
TEST2 Test signal of a triangle shape with a base width of 4 seconds (-5 V minimum; +5 V maximum).

2-8
 Installation and Functional Check

Special indications for analog outputs

Start-up indication occurs when the monitor is started by a power on or by an internal restart (caused
by a fatal failure). The indication consists of three triangle-shaped signals with a base width of 1
second, base of 0 volts, and a height of 5 volts.

Airway gas calibration: During calibration of any gases, a square wave is generated. The minimum
value is 0 volts, the maximum value is +2 volts, the minimum phase length equals the maximum
phase length, and the frequency is 0.25 Hz.

Airway gas zeroing: During zeroing of any gases, a square wave is generated. The minumum value is
0 volts, the maximum value is +5 volts, the minimum phase length equals the maximum phase length,
and the frequency is 0.25 Hz.

Airway gas occlusion: During occlusion of any gases, a triangle-shaped signal is generated with a
base width of4 seconds, a minimum value of 0 volts, and a maximum value of +5 volts.

Airway gas airleak: During an airleak of any gases, a triangle-shaped signal is generated with a base
width of 3 seconds, a minimum value of O volts, and a maximum value of +5 volts.

Airway gas sensor failure: During a sensor failure, a triangle-shaped signal is generated with a base
width of 2 seconds, a minimum value of 0 volts, and a maximum value of +5 volts.

2.3.4 Setting the analog output signals

To set the analog output signals:
1. Press the ComWheel and select Monitor Setup from the Main Menu.
Select Install/Service and enter the password (16-4-34).
EN

Select Installation.
Select Analog Outputs and set the channels.
fF

Press the Normal Screen key.

の

2-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

2.4 Connector pin assignments

2.4.1 Analog/digital output connector (X1)

CON./ 1/0 BOARD SIGNAL DIRECTION | LEVEL FUNCTION

X1/1 GND - OV GND
X1/2 N/C
X1/3 DSYNCOUT 0 CMOS Defibrillation sync.
X1/4 N/C
X1/5 NCALLOUT 0 CMOS Nurse Call
X1/6 N/C
X1/7 GND - OV GND
X1/8 to X1/10 N/C
X1/11 NCALLB1 - - Nurse call relay
X1/12 NCALLB2 - - Nurse call relay
X1/13 N/C
X1/14 ATOUT 0 Analog output
X1/15 +5VOUT - +5V +5 V output voltage
X1/16 N/C
X1/17 A30UT 0 Analog output
X1/18 N/C
X1/19 A20UT 0 Analog output
X1/20 AOOÛT 0 Analog output
X1/21 to X1/37 N/C
X1/38 ECGOUT 0 Analog ECG-signal output
X1/39 to X1/43 N/C
X1/44 | GND - OV GND

2-10
 Installation and Functional Check

2.4.2 RS-232 serial communication interface/local printer connector (X2)

Connector
X2 provides an RS-232 serial communication link with handshaking.
12345
っ 9 G oO D9 male connector pinout (front view)
o lo to ©
D9 Male

CON./ 1/0 BOARD SIGNAL DIRECTION | LEVEL FUNCTION

X2/1 GND - ον Ground
X2/2 RXD i RS232 Serial bus, Receive
X2/3 TXD 0 RS232 Serial bus, Transmit
X2/4 +5VS - +5V +5 V output voltage, maximum 200 mA
X2/5 GND - OV Ground
X2/6 N/C
X2/7 RTS 0 RS232 Serial bus, Request To Send
X2/8 CTS | RS232 Serial bus, Clear To Send
X2/9 N/C

2.4.3 Network identification plug connector (X3)

The coding element interface is used for bedside address-coding
for the Ethernet. The element is
connected to the 9-pin female connector.

o O o o o D9 female connector pinout (front view)

ο ο ο Ὁ
D9 Female

CON./ 1/0 BOARD SIGNAL DIRECTION | LEVEL FUNCTION

X3/1 IDCS 0 CMOS ID chip select
X3/2 IDCLK 0 CMOS ID clock
X3/3 IDDI | CMOS ID data in
X3/4 IDDO 0 CMOS ID data out
X3/5 GND - OV Ground
X3/6 +5VB - +5V +5V output voltage
X3/7 N/C
X3/8 N/C
X3/9 | GND - OV Ground
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

2.4.4 Ethernet connector (X4)

The Ethernet interface meets IEEE 802.3 specifications (10BASE-T) with hospital-grade approved
power and data transformers.

17345618 Ethernet connector (front view)

PIN “SIGNAL. | DIRECTION | FUNCTION

1 Tx + 0 Transmit data
2 Tx - 0 Transmit data
3 Rx + I Receive data
4 N/C
5 N/C
6 Rx - | Receive data
7 N/C
8 N/C

2.4.5 Remote Control connector (X5)

CON./ 1/0 BOARD SIGNAL DIRECTION LEVEL FUNCTION

X5/1 CLK 1/0 TIL Keyboard clock
X5/2 DATA 1/0 TTL Keyboard data
X5/3 -
X5/4 GND - OV Ground
X5/5 +5 VB - +5V +5V supply voltage

2-12
 Installation and Functional Check

2.5 Functional check

The functional check consists of instructions to verify the correct operation of the Cardiocap/5. The
functional check is recommended after installing the monitor and after long storage.

The first part of the instructions contains procedures that are performed through the service menu.
These checks are especially recommended if the monitor has been stored and not used for a long
time.

When installing a new monitor, performance checks with a simulator and accessories are typically
enough to ensure the correct function of the monitor. We recommend that you always perform the
complete functional check to confirm that no hardware failures occurred during transport.
The instructions are for the maximum functional configuration of the Cardiocap/5. Perform the
procedures in ascending order and skip items that do not correspond to your monitor configuration.

Using the Functional Check Form

A Functional Check Form is included at the end of this chapter. Copy this form and complete the
“checklist” as you perform the functional check procedures.

NOTE: ES means to sign the form after performing the procedure.

Recommended tools
Tool | ο... i J Order Number“
Sp0, finger sensor for the pulse oximetry option.
NOTE: With the N-XNSAT option, use only Nellcor sensors (DS- 100A, for example).
With the N-XOSAT option, use only Datex-Ohmeda sensors (OXY-F 1-H, for example).
For standard pulse oximetry, use only Datex-Ohmeda sensors ( OXY-F4-N, for example).
Simulator capable of simulating ECG, RESP, and invBP Obtain locally
Adult NIBP cuff 572435
Adult NIBP hose 877235
Temperature test plug set 884515
MemCard - Menu, English (only for monitors with Data card option) 893860
MemCard - Data, English (only for monitors with Data card option) 887045
Sampling line 3.0 m (only for monitors with gas option) 73319

Н the NMT option (N-XNMT) is installed, you will need these additional items:

Too. Order Numbero

NMT simulator 871251
NMT ElectroSensor 888416
NMT MechanoSensor 888418
NMT Sensor Cable 888414 or 888415
3 KO0.25W 1% resistor Obtain locally

2-13
 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

2.5.1 Functional inspection

1. Connect the power cord.

Check that the green external power indicator/battery charge status LED turns on or starts
flashing.

BS
Switch the monitor on. Check that the monitor starts up as follows:

« The start-up sound is heard from the loudspeaker

* The normal monitoring screen appears

* The alarm LEDs turn on and off after about 20 sec

s No error messages appear onto the screen

s If the monitor contains a recorder, start-up information is printed. Verify that the time and
date on the printout are correct.

BS
Check the loudspeaker by adjusting the alarm volume in the Alarms Setup menu:
Press the ComWheel to enter the Main Menu and select:
Alarms Setup
Alarm Volume

Test the whole volume scale from 1 to 10 by turning the ComWheel and check that the alarm
volume changes correspondingly. The alarm sound should be clear and audible at all settings.
Select Main Menu.

BS
Check that the time and date are correct and adjust, if necessary:
Press the ComWheel to enter the Main Menu and select:
Monitor Setup
Time and Date

NOTE: To prevent the loss of trend data, you cannot change the time and date after starting a new
case or admitting a new patient.

NOTE: If the clock shows a time of 0:00 continuously after start-up, the SRAM/Timekeeper battery
on the CPU board needs to be replaced.

To return to the Main Menu, select Previous Menu.

BS

2-14
 Installation and Functional Check

5. Check that the supply voltages are within the given limit values:
Press the ComWheel to enter the Main Menu and select:
Monitor Setup
Install/ Service (Password 16-4-34)
Service View (Password 26-23-8)
Monitor
Voltages

| Voltages Mains power ON Mains power OFF

VDD/BAT 14.3 to 16.2 10 to 13
VIN 15VB 10 to 14.5 10 to 13.5
VDD 15.0 to 16.5
+12V 11.4 to 12.6
+15VD 14.25 to 15.85
+15V 14.4 to 15.6
-15V 15.6 to 14.4
+2.5VREF 2.40 to 2.54
TEMP 10 to 60
BATVOLT 10 to 14,5 10 to 13.5

VDD/TEMP OK 0
CHG ON 1 0

D Sync test count 0

BS
6. Check the back-up battery:
Disconnect the power cord (without switching the monitorto standby).
Check that the monitor continues to run normally on battery power. The battery indicator should
appear in the upper right corner of the screen:

Reconnect the power cord and check that during charging, the charging symbol is displayed and
the battery charge status LED starts flashing:

Charge
E

2-15
 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Recorder test (if N-XREC option is included)

7. Open the paper compartment cover and check that the “Recorder: Cover open” message is
displayed. Close the cover.

BS
To record waveforms, press the ComWheel to enter the Main Menu and select:
Record/Print
Record Waveforms
Record Wave

Check that the recording quality is acceptable.

To stop recording, select Stop Wave.

Press the Record Waveform/ Stop key and verify that the selected waveforms print.
Press the key again to stop recording.

Press the Record Trend/Stop key and verify that the selected trends print.
Press the key again to stop recording.

BS
Memory card (PCMCIA) test (if N-XDNET option is included)
9. Press the Com Wheel to enter the Main Menu and select:
Monitor Setup
Instali/ Service (Password 16-4-34)
Service View (Password 26-23-8)
Modules
Memory Module

Check that the module is recognized (YES) and that the memory on the memory board and the
PCMCIA controller passed the tests (OK):

Module present YES ROM OK PCMCIA οκ

Module active YES RAM OK EEPROM OK

BS
10. Select Communication and check that Interface status states Active continuously and the error
counter values on the bottom part of the menu are stable.

BS
11. Select Module Status and insert a memory card labeled “Menu” in the memory card slot.
Check that within one minute:

* The “Menu card inserted” message appears in the message field.

* The white Menu card symbol appears on the upper right corner of the screen if the battery is
not charging (the battery charging symbol is not present).

Wait until the information regarding the memory card slot is fully updated in the service menu,
then check that the screen shows the Card type is MENU and the File system is ATA. Check that
the rest of the information for the memory card slot is reliable and no errors have been detected.

2-16
 Installation and Functional Check

Repeat the test using a Data card in the other memory card slot. Verify that the green Data card
symbol is displayed if the battery charging symbol is not present, the “Data card inserted”
message appears, and the Card type is DATA.).

ES
Network test (if N-XNET or N-XDNET option is included)
12. Connect the Monitor-Network cable and the Identification plug to the monitor. To check the
connection to the network, check the Network connection LEDs between the connectors:

* Yellow LED should flash intermittently.

» Green LED should be lit continuously.

BS
13. Check that the Datex-Ohmeda Network symbol EO. is displayed on the upper right
comer of the screen).
NOTE: If the battery is being charged, the battery charging symbol is displayed instead of the
network symbol.
A message regarding the connection to the Datex-Ohmeda Information Center should appear in
the message field on the screen.

BS
14. To enter the Communication service menu and check Network information, press the ComWheel
to enter the Main Menu and select:
Monitor Setup
Install/ Service (Password 16-4-34)
Service View (Password 26-23-8)
Monitor
Communication
Network

Check that:
* The Location ID number matches the ID plug connected to X3.
e The packets and bytes IN is increasing slowly.
* The packets and bytes OUT is increasing quickly.
» Connections shows the names of the connected networks.
» The data error counters (CRC, Frame, and Transm.) are stable.

NOTE: The counters may show values greater than 0. However, any values increasing continuously
indicate a problem.

ES
15. Check that the hardware error counters (Intern., Missed, FIFO, and Overrun) ail show O (zero). A
value greater than zero for any counter indicates a problem on the CPU board.

BS

2-17
 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

ECG board test

16. Enter the ESTP: ECG service menu:

To return to the Service View menu, select Previous Menu as needed until you can select
Modules and then select ESTP : ECG.

or

Press the ComWheel and select:

Monitor Setup
Install/ Service (Password 16-4-34) -
Service View (Password 26-23-8)
Modules
ESTP: ECG

Check the Service Data:

* The Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster than 50
per second.

= The ECG/RESP board memories passed the internal memory test (RAM, ROM, and EEPROM
all show OK).

BS
17. Check that the Power Freq value (the module mains power frequency) has been set according to
the supply frequency. If necessary, change the setting by selecting Power Freq.

BS
18. Check that Resp Available and Resp measurement both show ON.
NOTE: The Resp measurement shows OFF if Resp is not selected to the screen setup.
To set up the screen, press the ComWheel and select:
Monitor Setup
Screen Setup
Waveform Fields or Digit Fields

BS
STP board test
19. To enter the ESTP: STP service menu, press the ComWheel and select:
Monitor Setup
Install/ Service (Password 16-4-34) -
Service View (Password 26-23-8)
Modules
ESTP: STP

Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster
than 50 per second.

Check that the STP board memories passed the internal memory test (RAM, ROM, and EEPROM
all show OK).

BS

2-18
 Installation and Functional Check

20. Check that the protection for temperature calibration is ON:

Protect key in the menu should state OFF
Protect mode should state ON.
{f necessary, change the Protection mode in the Calibrations menu.

BS
NIBP board test
21. Press Previous Menu as needed to return to the Modules menu, then select NIBP to enter the
NIBP service menu.

Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster
than 50 per second.
Check that the NIBP board memories passed the internal memory test (RAM, ROM, and EEPROM
all show OK).

BS
Pulse oximetry test (if N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT option is included)
22. Configure the monitor screen to display the Pleth waveform and other puise oximetry parameters
by pressing the ComWheel and selecting:
Monitor Setup
Screen Setup
Waveform Fields
Select a field (Field1, for example) and choose PLETH as the parameter.
Connect the appropriate SpO, finger sensor to the monitor (use a Nellcor sensor for the N-XNSAT
option; a Datex-Ohmeda sensor for the N-XOSAT option). Attach the sensor to your finger.

Check that an acceptable SpO, reading and a proper SpO, waveform appear on the screen.

AS
23. Enter the SpO, options service menu by pressing the ComWheel and selecting:
Monitor Setup
Install/Service (Password 16-4-34) -
Service View (Password 26-23-8)
Modules
M-NSAT

Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod values are equal to 0 (zero).
Check that ROM shows OK, indicating it passed the internal memory test.

ES
24. Check that the three error indicators (MP-203 Error, QUART Error, and 1/0 Error) show NO.
NOTE: MP-203 Error represents the NSAT or OSAT pulse oximetry board.

BS

2-19
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Gas measurement and spirometry test

25. Connect a sample line to the D-fend.
if the monitor is configured with Patient Spirometry (N-XV option), press the ComWheel to enter
the Main Menu and select:
Monitor Setup
Screen 1 Setup
Waveform Field
Field 2 (choose Paw)
Field 3 (choose Flow)

NOTE: If you just turned on the monitor, wait until the "Calibrating gas sensor" message
disappears from the screen. Then, enter the Gas Unit - General service menu by pressing the
ComWheel and selecting:
Monitor Setup
Instali/Service (Password 16-4-34)
Service View (Password 26-23-8
Modules
Gas Unit
General

Check that the configuration shown corresponds with the configuration of your monitor.

BS
26. Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster
than 50 per second. A value increasing faster than this indicates a failure in Module Bus
communication. Refer to the Troubleshooting chapter.

BS
27. Select Previous Menu to return to the Gas Unit menu, then select Gases. Check that the
displayed Ambient value corresponds with the current ambient pressure (+ 20 mmHg).

ES
28. Check that the Amb-Work value in the service menu is within the range of 40-75 mmHg.

ES

2-20
 Installation and Functional Check

NeuroMuscular Transmission (NMT) test (if N-XNMT option is included)

29. Cycle power to the monitor and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears. Then, configure
the monitor
for NMT measurement:

* Press the ComWheel and select Monitor Setup.

Select Screen Setup.
Select Digit Fields, select a field, and choose NMT.

* To preset the NMT measurement settings, press NMT.

Select Stimulus Mode and choose TOF.
Select Cycle Time and choose 10 sec.

= Select NMT Setup.

Select Current and choose S(70 mA).
Select Pulse width and choose 200 US.
Select Stim. Beep Volume and choose 2.

Check that the NMT header with related information is displayed in the chosen digit field.

BS
30. To enter the NMT service menu, press the ComWheel and select Monitor Setup. Then select:
install/ Service (password 16-4-34)
Service (password 26-23-8)
Modules
NMT
Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster
than by 50 per second. Check that the NMT memory passed the internal memory test (RAM, ROM
and EEPROM ail state OK.

JES
31. Check that:
* Inthe digit fields, the NMT header, NMT-related information, and “Cable off” are shown.

s Inthe service menu, Cable states OFF.

Connect an ElectroSensor to the NMT sensor cable and plug the cable into the NMT connector on
the front panel. Check that the digit field message changes to “Measurement OFF” and Cable in
the service menu states EMG and ELECTR. OFF.

#5
32. Perform the stimulus current test:

Connect a 3 kQ resistor between the ElectroSensor stimulus electrode leads (brown and white).
In the NMT service menu, select Start Curr. test. Check that the test was successful with all three
test currents, that is, Current test (mA): states 30 OK, 50 OK, and 70 OK.

Connect the NMT ElectroSensor leads to the NMT simulator. Set the switch on the simulatorto
“Fade off” and turn the knob to “max.” In the Service menu, check that Cable states EMG.

ES

2-21
 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

33. Start NMT measurement (TOF) by selecting NMT Setup and selecting Start-up. Press Previous
Menu to return to the NMT service menu.

In the digit field, when the “Supramax search” message changes to “Setting reference,” check
that the detected supramaximal current is less than 70 mA (the Current set value on the service
screen is less than 700).

Check that four successive stimulus pulses are generated in 10-second intervals. During each
stimulus pulse, a tone sounds and a small asterisk (**) appears in the digit field. In the digit field,
check that TOF% is within 95-105, Count is 4, and T1% is within 95-105,
In the NMT service menu, check that T1%, T2%, T3%, T4% and Ratio% are all within 950-1059.
Check that the Noise value stays under 50.

ES
34. In the NMT service menu, select NMT Setup and change the stimulus Pulse Width to 100 us.
Then press Previous Menu to return to the NMT service menu.
In the digit field, check that TOF% is still within 95-105, Count is 4, and T1% is within 95-105.

Change the stimulus pulse width to 300 ps and check the same parameters.

BS
. Turn the knob on the NMT simulator
to O (zero). In the NMT service menu, check that the values for
T1%, 12%, T3%, T4% turn to 0 and the Ratio% shows - - -. in the digit field, TOF%= should also
state - - -; Count and T1% should show 0.

BS
36. Turn the NMT simulator knob back to “max.” Change the stimulus mode to Double Burst
Stimulation (select NMT Setup - Stimulus Mode - DBS).
Check that only two stimulus pulses are given in a 10-second interval. In the NMT service menu,
check that T1%, T2%, and Ratio% are still within 950-1059. tn the digit field, check that DBS% is
within 95-105, Count is 2, and T1% is within 95-105.

BS
37. Change the stimulus mode to Single Twitch stimulation (ST). Check that the monitor starts giving
only one stimulus pulse with a 1-second interval. Note the time when the ST stimulation started.
In the service menu, check that the T1% value is within 950-1059. In the digit field, the Count
value should be 1 and T1% within 95-105.

BS
38. Continue single twitch stimulation. Five minutes after the start of ST stimulation, check that the
NMT measurement stops and the “Measurement OFF" message appears in the NMT digit field.

BS
39. Replace the NMT ElectroSensor with the NMT MechanoSensor. In the NMT service menu, check
that Cable states PIEZO.

BS

2-22
 Installation and Functional Check

2.5.2 Performance checks

1. Configure the monitor screen to display all parameter information.
Press the ComWheel to enter the Main Menu and select:
Monitor Setup - Screen Setup - Waveform Fields/ Digit Fields

An example is shown below:

Waveform Fields Digit Fields

Field 1 - ECG1 Field 1-11 (or Temp)
Field 2 - Paw Field 2 - NIBP
Field 3 - P1 Field 3 - Resp
Field 4 - P2 Field 4 - Gases
Field 5 - Pleth
Field 6 - CO,

Select Split Screen - None

To return to the Normal Screen, press the Normal Screen key.
Connect the patient simulator and check that all parameter information is displayed as configured.
NOTE: InvBP waveforms are not shown without a patient simulator.

Preset the measurement settings for parameters as follows, for example:

ECG - ECG Setup - HR Source - AUTO
Invasive Pressures
P1 ‘ART’ Setup - Label - ART
P2 ‘CVP’ Setup - Label - CVP
Press the ComWheel to enter the Parameters menu and select:
Pulse Oximetry - Pleth Scale - AUTO
Airway Gas - Spirometry Setup - Scaling - Indep.
Paw Scale - 20
Flow Scale - 15
Resp Setup - Size - 1.0
Resp Rate Source - AUTO
Detection Limit - AUTO
NOTE: The RESP waveform or Digit Field on the screen must be selected before you can turn on
the respiration measurement.

Ας
Connect the patient simulator to the ECG and invBP connectors, connect an SpO, finger sensor to
the Sp0, connector, and connect the temperature test plug to a Temp connector. Attach the 5006
sensor to your finger. Check that:

« The simulated waveforms are good.

« The SpO; valueis in the expected range
* The Pleth waveform is normal.

BS

2-23
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

3. Setthe invBP simulatorto +100 mmHg static pressure. Push the ZERO button and check that:
* The invBP waveforms set on the baseline.

e The digital values go to zero.

Set the simulator to O mmHg and press ZERO. After the zeroing is completed, turn the simulator
to
dynamic mode and check that the waveform is normal.

BS
4. Check that the “No probe” message is displayed when an Sp0, sensor İs not connected.
Connect an Sp0, finger sensor to the monitor (but not to a finger). Check that “Probe off” (for
standard pulse oximetry), “Check probe” (for N-XOSAT), or "Pulse search" then “Check probe”
{for N-XNSAT) is displayed.

BS
5. Attach the SpO, sensor to your finger and check that the pleth waveform is displayed and the
SpO, value is in the expected range (95-99%).
Check that the HR value is calculated from SpO, when the ECG and InvBP (P1/P2) cables are not
connected.

BS
6. Remove the SpO; sensor from your finger and check that “Probe off” (for standard pulse oximetry)
or “Check probe” (for N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT) ts displayed.
Disconnect the sensor from the monitor and check that the “No probe” message is displayed.

BS
7. Attach an adult NIBP cuff onto your arm and perform one NIBP measurement. Check that the cuff
is identified (Adult appears in the NIBP digit field for a short time).

Check that the measurement result is reasonable.

BS
8. Block the tip of the sampling line with your finger and check that the “Sample line blocked”
message is displayed on the monitor screen within 30 seconds.

Detach the D-fend and check that the "Check D-fend" message is displayed on the monitor
screen within 30 seconds.

ES
9. Reattach the D-fend. Breathe shortly into the sampling line. Check that the CO, waveform moves
up on the screen.

BS
After completing the check, be sure to fill in all necessary documents.

2-24
 Functional Check Form

Functional Check Form

Datex-Ohmeda Cardiocap/5

Customer

Service

Service Engineer Date

Monitor Configuration
Monitor model: Hemodynamic model Hemodynamic model with gas measurement (|
m

F-MX F-MXG

Measurement options Measurement options (Sp02)

N-XP Two invasive pressure channels and N-XOSAT — Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse [ |
니

second temperature (T2) oximetry

N-XC CO, N-XNSAT Nellcor compatible
pulse oximety ||
N-XCO CO,, N,0, Patient Oxygen
Data collection and data management options
PILI CITI

N-XCAIO CO,, anesthetic agents, agent N-XREC Recorder ||

identification, NO, Patient Oxygen
N-XV Patient Spirometry N-XNET Network

N-XNMT NeuroMuscular Transmission (NMT) N-XDNET Data card and Network

Functional Inspection
OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test Failed
General

1. Battery charge status LED (JU LI

2. Start-up LI I L
3. Loudspeaker LI LU Li
4. Real-time clock (JU LI
5. Voltage checks (JI Li
Acceptance limits
TEMP | 10 to 60 °C
И

BATVOLT with mains power ON [ 10 to 14.5V

pr

LU

BATVOLT with mains power OFF | 10to135V

6. Back-up battery LJ) U U
Page 1
Functional Check Form

Recorder test

©
x

z
>

008
7. Recorder message

ロロ
oo
8. Recording |

Memory card (PCMCIA) test =

9. Memory

000
000
000
10. Communication

11. Memory card recognition

i
i

j
}
|1
Network test

12. Connection to network

0009
0000
0000
13. Communication

14. Data error counters

15. Hardware error counters

ECG board test

16. Communication and memories

OOO

000
000
17. Power frequency

18. Resp measurement recognition

STP board test

19. Communication and memory

971
O0

20. Protection for temperature calibration co

NIBP board test

21. Communication and memory

0

0
U

Pulse oximetry options test

22. Recognition and test measurement
000
000
00d

23. Communication and memory

24. Error status

Gas measurement and spirometry test

25. Configuration
Li
2

DC

26. Communication LI U
27. Ambient pressure | | Current ambient pressure + 20mmHg |

28. Amb-Work JÍ 40 to 75 mmHg |

Page 2
 Functional Check Form

NeuroMuscular Transmission (NMT) test

OK

29. Recognition | |

30. Communication and memory | |

31. ElectroSensor recognition | |

32. Stimulus current test m

33. TOF measurement with NMT simulator

| T1% || 950-1059| | Supramax. current | | || <7oma|

| 12% || || 950-1059 || TOF |[ || 95-105|
| 73% || İİ 950-1059İİİ Count | | 4 |
[14% || İl 950-1059 || T1% || İl95-105 |
| Ratio || “|| 950-1059 |
[| Noise || Jl <so |
34. Stimulus pulse width
100 jis 300 us Allowed range

|TOF% al ado IL 95-105 |

[count II JI I à |
[11% | || IL 95105 |
OK NA. Fail
35. No response to stimulus m || ||

36. DBS measurement with NMT simulator

[11% || “|| 9501059 ||| pBs% 中 | 95-105|

| 12% || || 950-1059| Count || | > |
| Ratio% || |[ 950-1059| 1% || İl 95-105 |
37. ST measurement with NMT simulator

| r% dl || 950-1059
||| count || + |
[1% || 1[ 95-105 |

38. Automatic measurement off

Tod
39. MechanoSensor recognition
a Do

Page 3
 Functional Check Form

Performance Checks
General

X
о

=
>

© 00:
1. Screen setup

DO
000
2. Waveforms

oo 0 ooo
AnvBP measurement —
3. Testwith patient simulator

O
Sp02 measurement
4. SpO sensor detection

000
00 0 000
5. Test measurement

6. “Probe off” detection

€
NIBP measurement |
7. Test measurement and cuff identification

Gas measurement

00
8. D-fend check

9. CQ, waveform

Notes

Signature Date

Page 4
 Contents

Chapter 3. Planned Maintenance

3.1 Introductlon..................... 0.100.120. И MRNA 디다 파 다이 3-1
3.1.1 Using the Planned Maintenance Form
3.1.2 Recommended partS ee
3.1.3 Recommended tools and accessories

3.2 Plannedmaintenancechecks .................................... sense 3-3

Visual inspection... inner
Parts replacement inner
O da UM

Functional inspection........
ECG measurement test
Temperature measurement test
Non-invasive blood pressure (NIBP) measurement test
NS

Sp0。 measurementtest ee
Invasive blood pressure measurement test...
OO

Gas measurement test... inner nere

10. Anesthetic agent identification test...
11. Spirometry test...
12. Gas sampling line and D-fend check
A eee иалиниилииншичия
14. Watchdog test
AENA siennes
ANI AN -
17. Data card test
18. Service log check... inner -
19. Electrical safety check inc tanec

Planned Maintenance Form... ie iene

Table of Figures
Figure 3-1. Nafion tube and filters to replace in gas unit... 3-3
 Planned Maintenance

3. PLANNED MAINTENANCE

3.1 Introduction
These instructions include procedures for planned maintenance (PM) of the Datex-Ohmeda
Cardiocap/5 monitor. Performance of planned maintenance procedures is recommended once each
year after installation of the monitor.

These instructions are for the maximum functional configuration of the monitor. Perform the
procedures in order and skip items that do not correspond with the configuration of your monitor.
Complete instructions on how to perform complex procedures are included in the Service Procedures
chapter later in this manual.

3.1.1 Using the Planned Maintenance Form

A Planned Maintenance Form is included at the end of this chapter. Complete this “checklist” as you
perform the maintenance procedures.

NOTE: ES means to sign the form after performing

the procedure.

3.1.2 Recommended parts

Pat ο ο ος ey İl order Nümber ©
Nafion'M tube 733382
Filter
(2 pieces) 886136
OM reference filter 86901
Zero absorber 895933
D-fend O-ring (2 pieces) 65312
D-fend (black) 876446
D-fend+ (green) 881319
Sampling tine 3.0m 73319
Fan filter 896113
Recorder paper (if N-XREC option is installed) 74205
Planned Maintenance Kit, Anesthesia 8001760
Planned Maintenance Kit, Critical Care 8001761

NOTE: The contents of the Planned Maintenance Kits are listed in the Spare Parts chapter.

3-1
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

3.1.3 Recommended tools and accessories

Patient simulator for ECG, Impedance Respiration, and BP Obtain focally

Pressure manometer Obtain locally
Temperature test set 884515
5-lead ECG cable Obtain locally
SpO, finger sensor (compatible with the installed pulse oximetry) Obtain locally
InvBP transducer Obtain locally
Adult NIBP cuff 572435
Adult NIBP hose 877235
Infant NIBP cuff 877407
Infant NIBP hose 877514
Flowmeter Obtain locally
Flow cassette 50/1.1 873812
Extra silicon tubing Obtain locally
Calibration gas (CO, N20, 02, Des)
North America (must use with regulator 75553-01) 155571
Outside North America (must use with regulator 755533) 755583
Sampling line 3.0 m 73319
Spirometry tester 884202
Spirometry tube 884101
D-lite 733950
Screwdriver, pozidrive type Obtain locally
Hexagon wrench, M3 Obtain locally

3-2
 Planned Maintenance

3.2 Planned maintenance checks

1. Visual inspection
1. Switch the monitor
to standby and disconnect all cables from the rear of the monitor.
2. Check the external parts of the monitor. For example, check that the power cord receptacle is
intact and the D-fend latch moves properly.

3. Check that the markings of the mains fuses correspond to the fuse plate.

BS
2. Parts replacement
1. Dissamble the frame (see section 7.3.1).
2. Replace these items in the gas unit: occlusion filter, zero absorber, Nafion tubing, and
OM reference filter. Also replace the D-fend, D-fend O-ring, and sampling line.
NOTE: Use only Datex-Ohmeda sampling lines to ensure proper function.

Occlusion filter

OM reference filter

Zero absorber

Nafion tube

Ft

Figure 3-1. Nafion tube and filters to replace in gas unit

3 Clean or replace the fan filter.

4. Clean the recorder unit and replace the recorder paper, if necessary.
5 Reconnect all cables, then perform a gas sampling system leak test (see section 7.4.7).

6 Reassemble the frame.

BS

3-3
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

3. Functional inspection
1. Connect the power cord and check that the Battery charge status LED turns on or flashes.

2. Switch on the monitor and check that it starts up as described below:

* Both alarm LEDs flash On and Off.

* The start-up sound is heard from the speaker.

= The norma! monitoring screen appears and no error messages are displayed.
NOTE: “Check network connectors” is displayed if the N-XNET or N-XDNET option is installed.

e The time and date are displayed; adjust if they are incorrect.

* The battery charging symbol is in the upper right corner of the screen:
一 十

* The fan starts running after about 20 seconds.

« If the monitor contains a recorder, start-up information prints. Verify the time and date.
Enter the Keyboard service menu (illustrated in the Service Menus chapter) by pressing the
Comwheel and selecting:
Monitor Setup
Install/ Service (password 16-4-34)
Service (password 26-23-8)
Keyboard

To test the function of specific direct access keys, select Dummy Press.
Press the Silence Alarms key and check that the keypress generates a sound from the speaker
and the corresponding text in the service data screen changes color. Repeat for the following
keys: Trends, ECG, NIBP, and Normal Screen.

Go to the Monitor - Voltages service menu (return to the Service View menu and select
Monitor - Voltages). Check that the supply voltages are within the limit values:

Voltages Mains power ON Mains power OFF

VDD/BAT 14.3 to 16.2 10 to 13
VIN 15VB 10 to 14.5 10 to 13.5
VDD 15.0 to 16.5
+12V 11.4 to 12.6
+15VD 14.25to 15.85
+15V 14.4 to 15.6
-15V 15.6 to 14.4
+2. 5VREF 2.40 to 2.54
TEMP 10 to 60
BATVOLT 10 to 14.5 10 to 13.5
VDD/TEMP OK 0 1
CHG ON 1 0
D Sync test count 0

3-4
 Planned Maintenance

4, Check the capacity time of the backup battery:

Disconnect the power cord (without switching the monitorto standby).

Note the time and make sure that the monitor continues to run normally with the battery for at
least 15 minutes. The battery indicator should appear on the screen:

NOTE: You can continue the check while the monitor is powered by batteries.
Configure the monitor screen according to the monitor configuration so that all parameter
information is displayed.

NOTE: The Resp parameter has to be selected in one of the Waveform Fields or Digit Fields
before the respiration measurement can be turned on.

ES
4. ECG measurement test
1. Return to the Service View menu and select Modules - ESTP : ECG to enter the ESTP : ECG service
menu. Check that:

s The Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster than
50 per second.

* The ECG/RESP board memories passed the internal memory test (that is, RAM, ROM, and
EEPROM all state OK).

Connect a 5-lead ECG cable to the module. Check that the Cable type shows 5 lead. If it shows
3 lead, make sure the 5-lead ECG cable being used contains the necessary wiring for cable
recognition (pins 0, 8, and 9 are connected together).
Check that each Electrode shows OFF and the “Leads Off” message is displayed.
Connect the patient simulator. Check that parameter information is displayed as configured.
Check that the waveforms correspond to the simulator settings. Switch off the simulator and
check that the “Asystole” and “Apnea” messages are displayed.

BS
5. Temperature measurement test
1. Return to the Modules service menu and select ESTP : STP to enter the ESTP : STP service menu.
Check that the STP board memories passed the internal memory test (that is, RAM, ROM, and
EEPROM all state OK).

Check the temperature calibrations with the temperature test plugs. Calibrate if necessary.

Check that the protection for temperature calibration is on:

Protect key in the menu should state OFF. Protect mode should state ON.

BS

3-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6. Non-invasive blood pressure (NIBP) measurement test

NOTE: See the Service Menus chapter for illustrations of the service menus used for the NIBP test.
1. Return to the Modules service menu and select NIBP to enterthe NIBP service menu. Check that
NIBP board memories passed the internal memory test (RAM, ROM, and EEPROM all state OK).
From the NIBP service menu, select Calibrations to enter the Calibration service menu. Perform
the Active Leak Test to check the NIBP tubing system for leaks: the pressure must not drop by
more than 5 mmHg per minute.

Check the NIBP calibration with 200 mmHg pressure and calibrate if necessary.
Return to the NIBP service menu and select Pneumatics to enter the Pneumatics service menu.
Check the Watchdog timer activation pressure: the audible signal must activate at 3 to 8 mmHg.
If necessary, adjust the limit with the trimmer on the NIBP board and recalibrate NIBP.
Return to the NIBP service menu and select Watchdog to enter the Watchdog service menu.
Check the NIBP watchdog timer.

The time for the infant test should be 60-70 seconds.

Return to the NIBP service menu and select Safety Valve to enter the Safety Valve service menu.
Check the safety valve functions.
NOTE: Make sure the pressure manometer can measure pressures over 300 mmHg. !f such a
pressure manometer is not available, perform the check with an adult cuff that is connected
around a round object, such as a calibration gas bottle.

The Max press and 2 s after stop pressure values for both transducers should be within
290 to 330 mmHg for Adult and 154 to 165 mmHg for Infant.
Connect an infant cuff to the monitor. Start the measurement and check that the infant cuff is
identified correctly. Cancel the measurement.

Attach an adult NIBP cuff to your arm and perform one NIBP measurement. Check that the cuff is
identified correctly (for example, Adult briefly appears in the NIBP digit field).
Check that the module gives a reasonable measurement result.

BS
7. Sp0, measurement test
1. Check that “No probe” is displayed when an SpO, sensor is not connected to the monitor.
Connect an SpO, finger sensor to the monitor (but not to a finger). Check that “Probe off” (for
standard pulse oximetry), “Check probe’ (for N-XOSAT), or "Pulse search" then “Check probe”
(for N-XNSAT) is displayed.

Attach the SpO, sensor to a finger and check that the pleth waveform is displayed and the SpO,
value is in the expected range. Check that the HR value is calculated from SpO, when ECG and
InvBP (P1/P2) cables are not connected.

Remove the SpO, sensor from your finger and check that “Probe off” (for standard pulse oximetry)
or “Check probe” (for N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT) is displayed.

Disconnect the sensor from the monitor and check that the “No probe” message is displayed.

BS

3-6
 Planned Maintenance

8. Invasive blood pressure measurement test

1. Check the InvBP channels with a patient simulator. The values and waveforms should correspond
to the simulator settings.
NOTE: If you evaluate the measurement accuracy, remember to add the simulator's accuracy
specification to the one of the monitor.

2. Calibrate InvBP channels if necessary.

BS
9. Gas measurement test
NOTE: See the Service Menus chapter for illustrations of the service menus used for the gas
measurement test.
1. Check that the fan in the gas measurement unit is running.
NOTE: If you just turned the monitor ON, you have to wait until the "Calibrating gas sensor"
message disappears from the screen before entering the Gas Unit service menu.
2. Return to the Modules service menu and select Gas Unit - General. Check that the displayed
module configuration corresponds with the configuration of the monitor.
3. Return to the Gas Unit service menu and select Gases. Check that the displayed Ambient value
corresponds with the current ambient pressure (+ 20 mmHg}

4. Perform a sampling system leak test.

5. Check that the flow rates are within the following ranges:
Sampling flow (ml/min) 180-220
Reference flow (ml/min) 31-45

Adjust the flow rates if necessary.

6. Perform a gas calibration.
NOTE: Do not calibrate the gas measurement until the monitor has warmed up for 30 minutes.

BS
10. Anesthetic agent identification test
NOTE: Use only the recommended Datex-Ohmeda calibration gas (see Recommended tools and
accessories earlier in this chapter).

While displaying the Gases service menu, feed the calibration gas continuously for at least
30 seconds and check that the screen shows:

s The ID. is DES.

* The ID unrel. value is lower than 50.

If the value is higher, recalibrate the agent identification and check the value again.

BS

3-7
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

11. Spirometry test

1. Perform the spirometry leakage test and calibration (see section 7.4.9).
2. With a sample line attached to the D-lite sensor, breathe through the wider side of the D-lite.
Check that the flow waveform moves downward when you breathe in, and upward when you
breathe out.

25
12. Gas sampling line and D-fend check
1. Block the tip of the sampling line with your finger and check that the “Sample line blocked”
message is displayed on the monitor screen within 30 seconds.
2. Detach the D-fend and check that the"Check D-fend" message is displayed on the monitor screen
within 30 seconds.

3. Breathe once into the sampling line and check that the response time of the CO, curve is normal.

BS
13. Trend test
Check that the monitor is capable of storing the trend information and temporary settings for over
2 minutes while in standby.

BS
14. Watchdog test
In the Watchdog Tests service menu (Monitor - Watchdog Tests), check that the monitor resets and
restarts properly.

NOTE: Restarting should occur within a few seconds.

BS
15. Recorder test
1. Open the paper compartment cover. Check that the “Recorder: Cover open” message appears on
the screen, then close the cover.

2. Press the Record Waveform/ Stop key on the recorder and check that the recorder starts
recording the selected waveforms. Press the key again to stop recording.

3. Press the Record Trend/ Stop key on the recorder and check that the recorder starts recording the
selected trends. Press the key again to stop recording.

Check that the quality of the recording is acceptabie.

BS

3-8
 Planned Maintenance

16. Network test

1. Check that the Mon-Net cable connector and the Identification plug are clean and intact, then
connect them to the monitor.

Check the connection to the network by checking the states of the Network connection LEDS
between the connectors:

Yellow --> should flash intermittently

Green --> should be lit continuously

Check that the monitor connects to the Datex-Ohmeda Network (that is, the network symbol
is displayed on the upper right corner of the screen).

NOTE: If the battery is being charged, the battery charging symbol is displayed instead of the
network symbol.
A message regarding the connection to the Datex-Ohmeda Information Center should appear in
the message field on the screen.

In the Communication service menu (Monitor - Communication), check that:

Y The Location ID number matches with the ID plug connected to X3.
The Packets In and Bytes In are increasing slowly.

The Packets Out and Bytes Out are increasing fast.

Connections shows the names of the connected networks.

The counters for data errors (CRC, Frame, Transm.) are stable

NOTE: The counters may show values greater than O (zero), however, a continuous Increase in any
value indicates a problem.

4. Check that the counters for hardware errors (Intern., Missed, FIFO, Overrun) all show O.

25

3-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

17. Data card test

1. Insert a memory card labeled "Menu" into the front-most memory card slot. Check that the
“Menu card inserted” message appears in the message field.

Insert a memory card labeled "Data" into the second slot. Check that the "Data card inserted"
message appears in the message field.

Check that some trend information is available in trend memory for monitored parameters. Erase
the trends. Check that the trends are properly erased.

Reload the trends from the Data card. To do so, select Patient Data - Patient from card. Then,
select the last saved file and select Load.

After the monitor has loaded the data, check that the trends are available again.

Display the Module Status service screen (Modules - More Modules - Memory Module) and
check that:

= Module present and Module active state Yes

* RAM, ROM, PCMCIA, and EEPROM all state OK.

* The Card type for SLOT 1 is MENU.

e The Card type for SLOT 2 is DATA.

* The File system is ATA.

5. Check that the rest of the information is reliable and no errors have been detected.

BS
18. Service log check
1. Enter the Service Log menu and check for possible problems. If the monitor contains a recorder,
record the service log data by selecting Record Log.
2. Clear the content of the service log by selecting Reset Log.

ES
19. Electrical safety check
1, Perform an electrical safety check and leakage current test.

2 Check that the monitor functions normally after performing the electrical safety check.
3. Switch the monitor to standby, disconnect the power cord, and perform final cleaning.
4 Fill in all necessary documents.

BS

3-10
 Planned Maintenance Form

Planned Maintenance Form

Datex-Ohmeda Cardiocap/5

Customer

Service

Service Engineer Date

Monitor Configuration

Monitor model: Hemodynamic model | | Hemodynamic model with gas measurement [|

Е-МХ F-MXG

Measurement options Measurement options (Sp02)

N-XP Two invasive pressure channels and N-XOSAT Datex-Onmeda enhanced pulse
다

IDD
second temperature (T2) oximetry
N-XC σου N-XNSAT Nellcor compatible pulse oximetry
다 디니
기니

N-XCO CO,, N,0, Patient Oxygen Data collection and data management options
N-XCAiO CO,, anesthetic agents, agent N-XREC Recorder
identification, N,0, Patient Oxygen

НО
N-XV Patient Spirometry N-XNET Network

N-XNMT NeuroMuscular Transmission (NMT) N-XDNET Data card and Network

Planned Maintenance Checks

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test Failed

OK NA. Fail

1. Visual inspection m | | (|

2. Parts replacement (note which parts were replaced below) ー ーー SO

Occlusion filter D-fend O-ring (2 pieces)
LJLILILILI

10000

Zero absorber Sampling line, 3.0 m

Nafion™ tubing Fan filter (optional)

OM reference filter Recorder paper (optional)

D-fend Other

Page 1
Planned Maintenance Form

>
©
と

ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロミ
. Functional inspection

ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロ
ロロ ロロ ロロロロ
. ECG measurement test

. Temperature measurement test

. Non-invasive blood pressure (NIBP) measurement test

. 5p0» measurement test

i
|
|

||
i
|
. Invasive blood pressure measurement test

. Gas measurement test

i
|
|
i
i
10. Anesthetic agent identification test

|
|
11 . Spirometry test

ロロ ロロ ロロ ロロ ロ
12. Gas sampling line and D-fend check |

13. Trend test ーー

14. Watchdog test

15, Recorder test

16. Network test
17. Data card test

18. Service log check

19. Electrical safety check

Notes:

Signature:

Page 2
 Contents

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting
4.1 Messages............ 00000000 εν οκ οκ κeineиниения 4-1

4.2 Troubleshootingcharts....................................0...
00020 4-7
4.2.1 Star-up troubleshootnE ohen tone on eee ten retence 4-7
4.2.2 General
423 ECG. . . . . . . . OD ON A
4.2.4 Impedancerespiration......................... einen 4-9
4.2.5 Pulseoximetıy(Sp0)),standard.............................. ie 4-9
4.2.6 NIBP ii 4-9
O ON 4-9

43 Troubleshootingchartsforoptions ................................... 4-10

4.3.1 Recorder(N-XREC)............. iii 4-10
4.3.2 Invasive blood pressure (N-XP} ii 4-10
4.3.3 Pulse oximetry (N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT} nn 4-11
4.3.4 Airway gases (N-XC, N-XCO, or N-XCAIO) es 4-12
4.3.5 Patient Spirometry (N-XV)...... i 4-13
4.3.6 NeuroMuscular Transmission (N-XNMT) i 4-14
 Troubleshooting

4. TROUBLESHOOTING
See the User's Reference Manual for more messages and troubleshooting procedures.

4.1 Messages
MESSAGE POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
Acknowl. alarms Acknowledged alarms are silenced (Silence No action required.
silenced Alarms key pressed dunng silencing period).
Air leakage Hose and/or cuff leaking. Damaged cuff, cuff Replace cuff, cuff connector, and/or
connector, or hose double connector. hose double connector.
Hose and cuff OK, but tube disconnected or Connect or replace tube.
damaged.
O-ring damaged or missing. Replace O-ring.
Leakage inside the module. Replace the whole tubing.
Tube disconnected or damaged; valve(s) Fix connections. Replace tubes/valve(s).
damaged.

| Air chamber leaking. Replace the NIBP board.

Adjust Calibration gas accepted and monitor is ready Adjust the gas values to match the
for gas value adjustments. Message may calibration gas concentration.
appear during calibration.
Apnea Respiration source is CO,. Respiration waveform | Check respiration source and change it
is normal. to correct one.

Apnea deactivated Apnea alarm is silenced until reactivation after No action required.
five breaths.
Artifact(s) Unsuccessful NIBP, Sp02, or ECG measurement Stabilize or warm the patient and start a
because of patient movements or shivering. new measurement.
Back-up batt. failure Discharged or faulty back-up battery. Use mains power for four hours, then
switch to battery power. If the message
reappears, replace the battery.
Cable off NMT or regional block cable is not connected. Check/correct cable connections.
Calibrate Agent ID Agent identification error. Perform gas calibration.
Calibration failed Unsuccessful calibration of P1/P2 (number Turn the transducer to
(invasive blood pressure) field); possibly due to pulsating waveform. sphygmomanometer and try again
(zeroing takes place first).
Gain is beyond the limits (+ 20 % of the default Replace the transducer.
gain).
Calibration not NIBP calibration protection is set to OFF. Open the NIBP Calibration menu and set
protected Protection ON.
| 一
Calibration switch ON EEPROM protection switch (gear wheel) Enables the Protection OFF setting in the
accessed through hole in bottom of module is NIBP Calibration menu. Turn the gear
set for calibration. wheel to select Protection ON if you are
not going to calibrate.
--

4-1
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

MESSAGE POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION

Cali service: ErrorX 1 ROM checksum error, memory failure Change NIBP board.
(X = the NIBP hardware
error number shown in 2 + 15V failure. Check short circuits. Change NIBP
next column) board.
3 - 15 V failure. Check short circuits. Change NIBP
board.
4 EEPROM protection switch error. Change NIBP calibration protection to
OFF by turning the gear wheel and
selecting Protection OFF in the NIBP
Calibration menu.
5 Calibration is not protected. Protect NIBP calibration by selecting
Protection ON in the NIBP Calibration
menu.
6 ADC error. ADC circuit failure. Change NIBP board.
T Watchdog time too short. Change NIBP board.
8 Watchdog time too long. Change NIBP board.
9 Watchdog activated. Change NIBP board.
10 EEPROM checksum error; memory failure. Change NIBP board.
11 Auto zero range exceeded. Calibrate NIBP.
12 Communication break; temporary Automatic recovery.
breakdown of communication from monitor
detected.
14 Auto Start too early (needs 25 seconds Turn off the monitor. Wait longer than
without pressure) 25 seconds, then turn on the monitor.
Check D-fend Sampling line is not connected or was not Check/correct water trap and sampling
connected at start-up. Water trap not attached line connections. Unblock gas outlet.
properly. Gas outlet blocked. Then, push Normal Screen key.
Leak in the sampling line inside the Check for internal air leak.
measurement unit. If air leak persists, measured
gas values disappear.
D-fend membrane is not intact. Replace D-fend.
Gas zero valve or pump failure. Check/reptace zero valve and/or pump.
Check Sp0, probe No acceptable pulse is found after a 20-second Check the SpO, sensor application and
pulse search; there is no detectable signal. The all cable connections.
sensor is detached from the patient or sensor
cables are not connected property.
Unsuitable site. Try a different site.
Faulty or wrong type of SpO2 sensor (sensor is Change the sensor. Be sure to use a
not specified for use with the installed pulse sensor that is approved for use with the
oximetry). type of pulse oximetry installed in the
monitor.
Check stim. electrodes (NMI) stimulus current could not be delivered Check electrodes. Check/replace
due to a poor stimulus electrode connection ora damaged cable.
damaged cable.
Control measurement NIBP alarm limit was exceeded and a new No action required.
measurement was Started automatically.

4-2
 Troubleshooting

MESSAGE POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION

Cuff loose (NIBP) Hose and/or cuff not connected. Connect the hose and the cuff.
Cuff loosely wrapped. Tighten the cuff.
Leakage in cuff or hose. Replace cuff/hose.
Leakage inside module. Check/fix internal tubing and air
chamber.
Pump does not work. Check pump connector; if O.K., replace
pump.
No pulses during the last three measurements Check cuff positioning.
Cuff occlusion NIBP cuff and/or hose occlusion due to kinked Straighten tube.
cuff tube or kinked tube inside unit
Cuff and/or hose occlusion inside/outside Remove occlusion.
module.
Fault in pressure transducer or A/D converter. Replace NIBP board.
Faulty calibration. Check calibration.
Missing voltages. Recalibrate.
Cuff over-pressure NIBP cuff is squeezed during measurement and Stop measurement; start a new
pressure Safety limits are exceeded. measurement.

EEPROM Error EEPROM memory malfunction Perform factory reset. If the problem
(EEPROM is on CPU board). persists, replace the CPU board. Perform
factory reset after replacing the board.
EMG electrodes off (NMT) EMG recording electrodes are off. Check application of electrodes and
Electrodes or stimulus clip is loose. stimulus clip.
ESTP measurement Signal cable is loose or not attached. Check signal cable connections from
removed Mother board to CPU board.
Gas measurement Signal cable is loose or not attached. Check signal cable connections (Mother
removed board to CPU board or Spirometry board
{for CO.) to gas unit).
Leads off One or more cables are disconnected or off the Check ECG cable, all leads, and the
patient. This message may appear during neutral electrode (RL/N).
defibriHation.
一一 一
Long measurement time NIBP measurement ts prolonged over the Reapply the cuff, calm the patient, and
maximum measurement time (two minutes with Start a new measurement.
adult or child inflation limits; one minute with
infant inflation limits).
Measurement off NMT cable is connected, but NMT measurement No action required. Message is no longer
has not started. displayed when measurement starts.
Monitor is overheating Temperature inside monitor is above maximum Check/change the dust filter at the back
limit. of the monitor.
一 一

MVexp << MVinsp Leak in patient circuit between patient and D- Check D-tite connection and D-lite
lite, or in the patient lungs, or leak in tubes from tubing.
D-lite to monitor.
A
MVexp < 0.5 I/min D-lite/Pedi-lite disconnected from ventilator Check D-lite/Pedi-lite connections and
(Mvexp <0.2 1/min with circuit (not shown during Apnea). Gas sampling tubing.
Pedi-lite) is working correctly.

Network connection Too many monitors are active on the network. Check/decrease number of monitors on
down network. |
AAA

4-3
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

MESSAGE POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION

NIBP measurement Signal cable is loose or not attached. Check signal cable connections from
removed Mother board to CPU board.
No P1/P2 transducer Invasive pressure or transducer cable not Connect invasive pressure or transducer
connected. cable.
No Sp0, probe SpO, sensor is not connected to the monitor. Check sensor connections.
Faulty or wrong type of SpO2 sensor (Sensor is Change SpO, sensor. Use only sensors
not specified for use with the installed pulse that are approved for use with the type of
oximetry). pulse oximetry installed in the monitor.
No Sp0, pulse Pulse search exceeded 20 seconds, low Sp0,, Try a different site.
or low pulse rate. An acceptable pulse was not
present for 10 seconds.
Noise High frequency or 50/60 Hz noise interfering Isolate source of noise.
with ECG.
Not zeroed Measurement on, channel not zeroed. Zero the channel.
(invasive blood pressure)

Occlusion See Sample line blocked.

Poor signal Modulation (red or infrared) < 0.25 %. Patient Make sure patient is not cold.
may be cold.
Pressure measurement Signal cable is loose or not attached. Check signal cable connections from
removed Mother board to CPU board.
Printer error Printer is out of paper or paper is jammed. Printer Check paper, printer connections,
is not online oris not tumed on. Printer cable is power, and cables.
loose or broken.
Printer failure Printer is not responding (see Printer error). Select/use a different printer.
Pulse search Monitor is searching for pulse oximetry signal. No action required.
RAM Error RAM memory malfunction Replace the CPU board. Perform factory
(RAM is on CPU board). reset after replacing the board.
Recorder: cover open Recorder cover open. Close the recorder cover correctly.
Recorder: input voltage +12 Vrec is too high. Check flex-strip cable and connector
high board.
Recorder: input voltage +12 Vrec is too low. Check flex-strip cable and connector
low board.
Recorder: out of paper Out of paper or paper jam. Insert a roll of paper into the recorder or
release paper jam.
Recorder: system error System error. If the problem persists, replace the
(1, 2, or 3) recorder unit.
Recorder: thermal array Recorder overheated. Stop using and allow recorder to cool.
overheat
Reference not stable (NMT) The deviation between the four reference Check for movement.
stimulation responses is too big, causing
reference setting
to fail. This can be caused by
movement artifact and may occur when the
patient ts relaxed.
Replace D-fend Residue build-up on water trap membrane Replace the D-fend.
(decreases airflow).
L

4-4
 Troubleshooting

MESSAGE POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION

Response too weak (NMT) The maximum gain is insufficient to Repositian the stimulating or recording
increase the response signal amplitude to a electrodes. Change the site of the
measurable level. This can occur if: measuring electrodes.
* Stimulation current is too weak.
* Stimulation electrodes are not connected or
they are improperly placed on the nerve.
* Recording electrodes are disconnected.
« Electrode(s) dry and should be replaced.
e Skin at electrode site is improperly prepared.
Sample line blocked Blocked sampling line (inside or outside Check sampling line.
monitor), occluded water trap, or water tap Check/empty water trap container.
container is full. If occlusion persists, measured Check internal tubing for blockages.
Bas values disappear.
Sensor inop. The temperature is too high. Check fan and filter at the front panel.
Communication error. Check timeout and bad checksum
values at the service menu
0
Setting reference (NMT) Reference search in progress. No action required.
Small resp. curve Respiration signal is very small. With 3-lead cable, try another lead
connection (1, 11, 111) or try 5-lead cable.
Snapshot memory full Creating new snapshot will erase old one. Cancel the selection if you do not want
to erase old snapshot. Otherwise, create
new snapshot.
Sp0, probe off Unsuitable SpQ, sensor site. Try another site.
(probe properly attached)
|
Faulty SpQ, sensor. Try another SpO, sensor.
SpO, sensor cable not connected to sensor. Connect the cable to the SpO, sensor.
|.

SRAM Error SRAM memory malfunction Restart the monitor. If the problem
(SRAM is on CPU board). persists, replace the battery for SRAM
timekeeper. Perform factory reset after
replacing the battery.
| if message persists, replace CPU board. :
Supramax not found (NMT) Supramaximal stimulus current (70 mA) Stop measurement, reposition the
was not found. stimulating or recording electrodes, and
restart measurement.
Supramax search (NMT) Supramaximal stimulus current search in No action required.
progress.
Temperature error Faulty calibration. Perform calibration. If it does not help,
check that front panel connectors are
properly connected to STP board.
. | . - っ -
Tetanic (NMT) Tetanic stimulation is on. No action required.
| 一一 一

Unable to measure Dia Accurate diastolic pressure not achieved Automatic retrial with increased
because of artifacts, weak pulsation, ete. pressure.
Unable to measure Sys Systolic blood pressure probably higher than the Automatic retrial with increased
maximum inflation pressure. pressure.
Unstable Unsuccessful calibration. Message may appear Repeat calibration.
Lo dunng calibration.

4-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

MESSAGE POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION

Unstable zero pressure Pressure is unstable when starting the NIBP Calm the patient and retry.
measurement.
Voltage error Erroneous voltage level detected. Replace power supply unit.
Weak pulsation Weak or unstable oscillation pulses due to: Check patient condition; check for leaks;
* Marked amhythmia; too few pulses detected; check size of cuff and cuff attachment
weak or unusual blood circulation. Retry.
* Artifacts (accurate diastolic pressure difficult
to measure) or marked drop in diastolic
pressure.
= improper cuff position or attachment.
NOTE: May give systolic value.
xx Zeroing error Gas zeroing failed. Condensation or residual Allow monitor to run drawing room air for
gases are affecting zero measurement. half an hour and calibrate again.
Zero error Unsuccessful zeroing. Message may appear Repeat zeroing.
during calibration.
Zeroing failed Unsuccessful zeroing of P1/P2 (number field). Open the transducer
to air and zero the
(invasive blood pressure) Possibly due to pulsating pressure waveform. channel.
Offset is > 150 mmHg. Open the transducer
to air and zero the
channel.
Defective transducer. Replace transducer and Zero the
channel.
… lead off A lead wire (...) is disconnected. Check/connect the lead wire.

4-6
 Troubleshooting

4.2 Troubleshooting charts

4.2.1 Start-up troubleshooting

No picture on screen NOTES
y
Check that the mains power Is 100 to 240VAC. If the mains power is too low or high the power supply
does not work.
Check that the mains fuses have not blown. Fuse type has to be T2AH.
Check that the monitor is not in the SHUT DOWN Detach the mains cord from the monitor for at least
mode. 30 seconds to reset possible SHUT DOWN mode.

OK but still no display

y
Check that the green LED on front panel upper right This indicates that +15V VDD is coming from the
comeris lit or flashing when the power cord ts AC/DC unit to the DC/DC board and the battery is
connected to mains. charged.
OK but still no display
!
Check that the alarm LEDs on front panel light after If the LED is lit it indicates that +3.3 V and +5 Vis
pressing the ON/STBY button. coming from the DC/DC board to the CPU.
Alarm LEDs blank after about 20 seconds. Ifthe LEDs only blank for a short moment and then
remain lit, the CPU software didn’t start.
y
Try reloading new software from a PC-card

OK but still no display

i
Check if the fan starts running. if the fan does not start, the CPU is not working.
Check if the NIBP pump starts after pressing the NIBP If the NIBP pump does not start the NESTPR unit is
Start button. not communicating with the CPU, or the NIBP board
is broken.

OK but still no display

y
The CPU and parameter units seem to be OK, the
picture is missing for some other reason. Some
voltages may be missing or the display is broken.

4-7
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

4.2.2 General
SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
Keyboard and ComWheel Keyboard and ComWheel cables Detach monitor rear cover and check the
are not working not connected to CPU board. cable connections to the CPU.
Faulty CPU. Replace the CPU if the cable connections
are OK
Keyboard is not working Keyboard cable not properly Detach monitor rear cover and check the
but the ComWheel works connected to the CPU board. keyboard cable connection to CPU.
Faulty key or defective CPU board. Enter service mode and do Dummy Press
keyboard test. Replace the keyboard if
only a single key does not respond.
Replace the CPU if more than one or two
keys do not respond.
No curves in the Wrong configuration set. Ifthe menus can be opened, enter service
waveform fields and no mode and select the configuration set
digits in the digit fields according to the monitor configuration.
(gray fields only)
SRAM back-up battery failure. if the set configuration is lost after a short
switch off period, replace the back-up
battery on the CPU board.
NOTE: The clock goes to 0:0 and the
configuration is lost if the back-up battery
fails or if the SRAM lost data for some
other reason.
Some trend details do Settings for parameter and time Adjust the parameter and time scales to
not appear. scales. see the desired trend detail.

4.2.3 ECG
SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
HR numerical display No heart rate available. If no ECG waveform, check LEADS OFF
shows '---* message and connect the leads.
If ECG waveform exists, check heart rate
source (For example, in the ECG Setup
menu behind ECG key).
Unacceptable ECG Poor electrode or poor electrode Electrodes from different manufacturers
waveform
|.
skin contact. are used/Too much/little gel is used.
Poor electrode condition. Electrodes are dried out.
Improper site of electrodes. Check that electrodes are not placed over
bones, active muscles, or layers of fat.
improper skin preparation. Remove body hair. Clean attachment site
carefully with alcohol.
Improper bandwidth filter. Check filter.
No ECG trace Waveform not selected on screen. Adjust (Monitor Setup - Screen Setup -
Waveform Fields).
一 —— ———İ
Module not plugged in correctly. Plugin.

4-8
 Troubleshooting

4.2.4 Impedance respiration

SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
No resp trace Waveform not selected on the Adjust (Monitor Setup - Screen Setup -
screen. Waveform Fields).
Unacceptable resp Poor electrode or poor electrode Flectrodes from different manufacturers
waveform skin contact. are used. Too much/little gel is used.
Poor electrode condition. Electrodes are dried out.
Improper site of electrodes. Check that electrodes are not placed over
bones, active muscles, or layers of fat.
Improper skin preparation. Remove body hair. Clean attachment site
carefully with alcohol.

4.2.5 Pulse oximetry (Sp0,), standard

SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
Finger probe falls off SpO, sensor is slippery. Check/follow the instructions forthe
sensor. Wipe with 70 % isopropyl alcohol
and allow to dry.
Finger is too thin or thick. Try another finger or a different sensor.
Weak signal artifacts Poor perfusion, movement artifacts, Try another site.
and/or shivering.
No Spo, No waveform selected on screen. Check selected Sp0, waveforms
{Monitor Setup - Screen Setup -
Waveform Fields).
Wrong configuration setting. Check the configuration settings in the
ESTPR : STP/Calibrations menu (enter
Service View menu and select Modules)

4.2.6 NIBP
SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION ο.
No NIBP value displayed NIBP not selected on screen. Check monitor setup.

4.2.7 Temperature
SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
No temperature Wrong type of probe. Use correct probe.
displayed Temperature out of measurable The range is between 10 and 45 °C.
range.
Temperature calibration not Set the protection ON in the service menu.
protected.

4-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

4.3 Troubleshooting charts for options

4.3.1 Recorder (N-XREC)
SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
Recorder not responding to Membrane switch cable loose or Check the cable. Replace the front panel if
front panel key but operates broken. necessary.
through Recorder menu.
Flex-strip cable broken. Check the cable. Replace if necessary.
Bad contact on connector board. Check contact.
Recorder will not start. Flex-strip cable broken. Check the cable. Replace if necessary.
No error messages shown.
Connector board loose. Check connector board connections.
Recorder board faulty. Replace the board.
Recorder faulty. Replace the recorder.
Recorder works but nothing Active side of paper is down. Turn the paper roll.
appears on the paper. NOTE: To test which side is active, place the
paper on a hard surface and draw a line with a
fingemail. A dark line appears on the active
(thermal) side.
Faulty recorder. Replace the recorder.

4.3.2 Invasive blood pressure (N-XP)

SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
Abnormally low pressure Transducer wrongly positioned. Check mid-heart level and reposition transducer.
No pressure Defective transducer. Check transducer. Check that pressure
| transducer opens to patient.
No pressure module plugged in. Check the module.
No waveform selected on screen. Check pressure waveform selection (Monitor
Setup - Screen Setup - Waveform Fields).
Wrong configuration setting. Check the configuration setting from the STP
Calibrations service menu (enter Service View
menu and select Modules - ESTP : STP -
Calibrations).
Out of range Measured pressure is beyond The waveform hits the top and the numeric
internal measurement range. display not shown. Check transducer and its
level. Zero the channel.
Out of range < 40 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond Check transducer level. Zero the channel.
measurement range.
Out of range > 320 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond Check transducer level. Zero the channel. The
measurement range. patient may also have high pressure.
Zero adj. > 100 mmHg Offset when zeroing is > 100 Check transducer. The waveform may hit the top
mmHg (but < 150 mmHg) from and the numeric display not shown.
the unit's absolute zero (with
default gain).
 Troubleshooting

4.3.3 Pulse oximetry (N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT)

Turn power on.

Check M-NSAT
service screen.

ROM Fail Replace

on service SpO; interface board
screen?

Replace SpO; board

MP-203 Error NOTE: MP-203 Error onthe
on service service screen indicates a
screen? problem with the pulse
oximetry board (NSAT or OSA). |

QUART Error Yes Replace

on Service Rİ $p0) interface board
screen?

Check Sp0, board,

1/0 Error SpO; interface board,
on service and Input board/cable.
screen? Replace if necessary.

4-11
Cardiocap/5 Technica! Reference Manual

4.3.4 Airway gases (N-XC, N-XCO, or N-XCAiO)

SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
Airleak detected. Air leak over 40 seconds. Check water trap and sample gas outflow.
Press Normal Screen to continue.
Continuous occlusion. Occlusion over 40 seconds. Check sampling line and D-fend.
Gas calibration is not Entering calibration is not allowed during 5 Check for occlusions or air leaks. Allow
available during first 5 minutes after power up and during occlusion monitor to run for 30 minutes, then try
minutes/during or air leak. again.
occlusion/during air leak NOTE: Calibration values must not be
altered unless 30 minutes have passed
after power-on.
一

No response to breathing Sampling line or water trap loose, blocked, Check/correct sampling line and water trap
or improperly attached. Water trap container blockage and attachment. Empty water
full. trap.

No response to any gas Sampling line, water trap, or intemal tubing Check/correct sampling line, water trap,
blocked orloose, or improperly attached. and intemal tubing blockage and
attachment.
Pump failure. Occlusion or zero valve Enter the appropriate service menu(s) and
malfunction. Supply voltage missing. Serial check/ verify the correct operation of the
communication error. pump, valves, etc.
Sudden increase in gas Water trap malfunction. Check all internal tubing and the interior of
display the water trap for occlusions or leaks.
Replace water trap. Check flow rates.

Significant drift in all Leak in sampling line or internal tubing Check/correct leak in sampling line or
gases (especially in conjunction with readings that internal tubing.
are too low).
Abnormally high (or low) Pressure transducer failure. Repair unit.
response to all gases or
sudden occlusion warning
ETCO, value too low Leak in sampling system. Calibration error. Check ali connections.
High ventilator by-pass flow. Check calibration.
Possible clinical causes: sudden circulation
decrease, pulmonary embolism, very large
dead-space, hyperventilation, or large
shunting.
ETCO, too high D-fend contaminated. Calibration error. Change D-fend.
Possible clinical causes: hypoventitation or Check calibration.
increased metabolism.
Waveform clipped Incorrect scaling, Change scale
No response to breathing Sampling line or water trap loose or blocked. Check all connections,
Sample gas outlet blocked. Air teak. Check that outlet is open.
Possible clinical cause: apnea.
—
ETCO, over scale (>15%) |} Contaminated CO, sensor. Faulty D-fend. Change D-fend.
(not measurable) Possible clinical cause: abnormally high
ETCO, (permissive hypercapnia). |

ETCO,>PaCO, “Dry gas” ts default. Change to “wet gas” by using

Possible clinical cause: unit is mmHg or kPa install/service menu.
and ETCO, is close to arterial PCO).

4-12
 Troubleshooting

4.3.5 Patient Spirometry (N-XV)

SITUATION POSSIBLE CAUSE ACTION
insp TV>exp TV Spirometry tube leak. Check leaks; perform leak test.

Water inside D-lite or tubing. Change tubing and D-lite.

Another side-stream gas sampling between Don't use active humidification.

D-lite and patient.

D-fend leaks. Check D-fend. Always connect gas

Possible clinical cause: leak in lungs; ET sampling to D-lite only.
tube cuffleak.
exp TV> insp TV Spirometry tube leak. Check leaks; perform leak test.
Water inside D-lite or tubing. Change tubing and D-lite. Don’t use active
humidification.
PEEP>Ppeak Spirometry tubes cross connected. Change spirometry tubes.
Monitored volumes less Leak between ventilator and D-lite. Check ventilator connections.
than set volumes
Loop over scale Wrong scale selected. Change scaling.
一一 一

Strongly vibrating loop Water or secretions tn hoses or D-lite. Suction the patient. Change dry D-lite
Possible clinical cause: mucus in ET tube. and/or empty the water from hoses.

Volumes too large or too Wrong mode vs. sensor selection. Check mode and sensor (D-lite for adult;
small Pedi-lite for pediatric).
Fluctuating Raw Mucus in airway or tubing. Check/clear airway and tubing.
Ventilator exp. valve causes fluctuations
during exp. Flow.
Possible clinical cause: patient breathing
effort against the ventilator; patient-
triggered breaths.
Raw tao high Mucus or kink in tubing. Check/ clear tubing.
Possible clinical cause: asthmatic patient
or bronchospasm.
Raw value invalid: Possible clinical cause: spontaneous
breaths; breathing against ventilator;
patient-tnggered breaths.
=
Ppeak too high Possible clinical cause: bronchospasm or
patient is coughing; breathing against
ventilator; obstructed airways or HME.
Compl value invalid: -- Possible Clinical cause: spontaneous
breaths.
| 一

Static PEEPI not CO, measurement not connected. Static Connect CO, meas. to D-lite. Go to
measured PEEPI measurement not selected, Exp. spirometry Setup.
pause lasted less than 4 seconds.
ud ον
ον

4-13
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

4.3.6 NeuroMuscular Transmission (N-XNMT)

Open NMT Service Screen

Check timeouts,
bad checksums, and
bad c-s by mode

OK? no Replace NMT board

yes
Check RAM, ROM,
and EEPROM

Replace NMT board.

Does the is the no Connect the

Does the
test pass with test pass with another,
input board/cable input board/cabie
another NMT assembly assy to NMT board.
NMT sensor
sensor? cable?

Replace original Replace original

NMT sensor. NMT sensor cable. pass with another Replace NMT board.
input board/cable

Replace original
input board/cable
assembly.

Check that sensor

is identified
Does the Does test
Does the
pass with another no
test pass with test pass with another Replace NMI board.
another NMT input board/cable
NMT sensor
sensor? cable?
assy?
yes

Replace original Replace original

Replace original
input board/cable
NMT sensor. NMT sensor cable.
assembly.

Connect ElectroSensor to
NMT board stimulator
and start measurement

Does the Does the Does test

pass with another no
test pass with test pass with another Replace NMT board.
another NM] NMT sensor input board/cable
sensor? cable? assy?

Replace original
Replace original
Replace original
input board/cable
ММТ sensor. NMT sensor cable.
assembly.

4-14
 Frames and Software

5. FRAMES AND SOFTWARE

5.1 Introduction
Two different frames, or models, are available for Cardiocap/5:

‥ F-MX (hemodynamic measurement)

» F-MXG (hemodynamic and gas measurement)

Anesthesia software (S-XANE) or Critical Care software (S-XCCA) is available for both frames.

5.1.1 Cardiocap/5 measurement options

The standard and optional measurement parameters that are available for each Cardiocap/5 frame
are summarized below.

Parameter F-MX F-MXG

ECG (3-lead or 5-lead)

ST analysis
po 一~

Sp0, and Pleth

Temperature (T1)

NIBP

Impedance respiration

Optional Parameters
N-XP Two invasive pressure channels and second temperature (12)

N-XC CO,
N-XCO CO,, N,0, Patient Oxygen

N-XCAiO CO,, anesthetic agents, agent identification, N,0, Patient Oxygen

N-XV Patient Spirometry

NOTE: This option requires N-XCO or N-XCAiO.
N-XNMT NeuroMuscular Transmission
NOTE: This option requires N-XCAtO.
N-XOSAT Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry

N-XNSAT Nelicor® pulse oximetry

5-1
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5.2 AC/DC power supply functional description

5.2.1 Introduction
The AC/DC unit SR92A720 is a switched-mode power supply made by Efore Ltd.

Figure 5-1. AC/DC unit

The AC/DC switched-mode power supply unit SR92A720 is an integrated part of a patient monitoring
device. The SR92A720 power supply is mains connected and can be supplied with a universal single
phase line voltage in the range of 85 to 275 V. The unit has one output line with a maximum
continuous output power of about 63 W.
The aluminum chassis ts classed as IP20. The chassis is connected to protected earth. This makes
the assembly and handling of the power supply unit safer. In addition, the aluminum chassis is used in
thermal management and EMC design.

5-2
 Frames and Software

5.2.2 Main structure

The general schematic structure of the SR92A720 power supply is shown below.
100..240V- 15.7V/4A
圖 u Va6 V12 x124
Lo Ara | m pe Ma
No > ES INPUT r || +
FILTER [ Lilow Xi2-5
PE。 —-
|
VI R16 co - -… 른 一
1 」 + | | | X12-1

Jinrush J ; To
pe VI VS X122

je drive | Gate drive / X12.3

m | ーー / 7 External
shutdown
signal
и X12-6
ff ーー — m
/ External
feedback
signal

Figure 5-2. General schematic structure of SR92A720

This AC/DC converter contains two converter stages: a preconverter and a postconverter. The
preconverter is an AC/DC converter which together with input low-pass filtering draws almost a
sinusoidal current from the mains. As a result, input line current harmonics are reduced and the power
factor is improved, therefore, this converter stage is typically also called a power factor correction (PFC)
converter. This PFC converter is based on boost topology and its output voltage of about 370 V is fed
to the subsequent DC/DC converter stage. The DC/DC converter uses a forward-type topology to
convert the intermediate voltage of 370 V to an output voltage of 15.7 V (typical value).

5.2.3 PFC converter

The duty of the PFC converter is to reduce input line current harmonics and to improve the power factor
so that the power supply meets the standards related to input current harmonics (IEC 1000-3-2 / EN
61000-3-2). The operational mode of the PFC converter is a boundary current mode. When the
inductor (L1) current reaches zero level, the FET (V1) ts switched on, and, therefore, the name
“boundary current mode.” Respectively, when the inductor current reaches double the input line
current value, the FET is switched off. The switching frequency is varying because the instantaneous
rectified input line current alternates (as illustrated in the following figure).

PEAK

MOSFET V1

Figure 5-3. Inductor current waveform

5-3
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

The PFC converter controls the intermediate voltage. The intermediate voltage has been set to about
370 V. In addition, there is a small (<10 V,,) ac ripple component across capacitor C9. The frequency
of this AC component is double the line frequency.

5.2.4 DC/DC converter

The DC/DC converter is a forward converter. This converter stage converts the intermediate voltage
(370 V) to the ouput voltage of 15.7 V (typical value). The forward converter uses a current mode
control.

5.2.5 Start-up sequence

When mains voltage is connected to the input connector of the power supply, an inrush current
charges the main capacitor C9. Resistor R16 limits the maximum value of this inrush current. When
the voltage across capacitor C9 reaches the voltage level of about 100 V, there will be enough current
flowing through resistors R80-R87 to the forward converter's control circuit N2 to start functioning.
When the forward converter is operating, it generates the supply voltage for both its own modulator IC,
N,, and for the control circuit (N 1) of the PFC converter. The same supply voltage that is fed to control
circuit N1 controls the triac V7. Due to this supply voltage, the gate of the triac is triggered and the
triac will short circuit the inrush resistor R16. All the input current flows through the triac (negligible
current through resistor R16). Due to the operation of the PFC control circuit, the voltage across
capacitor C9 rises to its final value of approximately 370 V.
Also, the output voltage starts to rise when the forward converter starts to operate. The rate of the rise
is limited, however, by a Soft-start feature that prevents over-shoot during the start-up.

5.2.6 Output voltage control

The general structure of the output interfaces is shown below.

|
Isolation | Connector |
, : |
t 1 X12-4 A FISIV
| p + . 全 $ 수 ーー bi .

| | | 1825 '
1 + 1

1 . 1 Ac
| "= I 1
| | 4 |
| | | i X12-1 i

| no ㆍ ~
| в ーー や ツー ーー テキ
|
| i
и! i |
|
|
||
i

1 г

、 | “fast” || i | | X12.6 : "slow" | |

4 voltage + pic - 4 voltage |- é
hed | controller | a i ! controller , |
o
+
Uref A
4 i 1
ο. i

| . : 1 X12-3 : 、
rå à ーー 内 Shutdown
| | comparator

M | и |

Figure 5-4. General structure of the output interfaces

5-4
 Frames and Software

Output voltage is controlled by a two-loop system. This means that there is a fast inner-voltage-
control loop and a slow outer-voltage-control loop. The slow-voltage control is an external voltage
signal, which, by setting the offset to the inner-control loop, determines the level of the output voltage.
if the external feedback signal is not connected to pin 6 of connector X12, the output voltage
measured from connector X12 settles to approximately 10 V. The external feedback signal cannot
draw the output voltage lower than this 10 V level. The maximum output voltage Jevel that the external
voltage control signal can cause is set by trimmer resistor R52. Typically, the external control signal
sets the output voltage to 15.7 V.

5.2.7 Over-voltage protection

The over-voltage detection circuit is not placed in the AC/DC power supply PCB (A722x). The active-
low signal (open collector) is fed to pin 3 on connector X12. When this pin is pulled down, the power
supply will be shut down. the external shutdown signal is released, the SR92A720 unit will not start
again even if the input line voltage is connected. Shutdown mode can be reset by removing the mains
plug and then reconnecting it after at least 30 seconds.

5.2.8 Current limit

Output current limit is set to a current level of about 6 A. In case of over current, the power supply
operates in a “hiccup” mode. In this mode, due to over current, supply voltage from control circuit N2
is switched off by means of transistor V25 causing a discharge of bulk capacitor C20. Capacitor C20
will be recharged by the current through resistors R80-R897. However, because the recharging time
is longer than the discharging time, output current rms value is low, allowing safe operation in case of
over current. The same current limiting feature protects the function and limits the output current
when the output is short circuited.

5-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5.3 DC/DC board functional description

5.3.1 Introduction
The DC/DC board converts the output voltage of the AC/DC power supply or the battery voltage to
various supply voltages for the electronics of Cardiocap/5 monitor. Another main task of the board is
battery charging.

ο
ÈmarὋOT
tu.
Lear
q

qLod
나 07 A

Figure 5-5. DC/DC board

5-6
 Frames and Software

5.3.2 DC/DC board block diagram

The input voltages of the board are VDD (from the AC/DC power supply) and BAT (the battery voltage).
The DC/DC board trims the level of VDD. Switching power supplies convert VDD or BAT to supply
voltages for monitor electronics. The board output voltages are +3.3V, +5V, +12V, +15V, -15V and
+15VD.
The battery is charged when VDD is present. During mains dropouts, the monitor is powered by a 12V,
sealed, lead-acid type battery.
There is no CPU chip on the DC/DC board. The main processor on the CPU board controls the power
supplies’ sequencing as well as switching off. An 11-channel, 12-bit A/D converter is connected to
the CPU board via a slow serial-data bus.

„ Tim VDD
AC/DC T
Connector VDD |

Battery DC/DC | +3.3V, +5V, +12V Mother

Charger Power {+15V, -15V, + 15VD Board
Supplies Power
0006 Connector
VFan
Battery BAT
Connector CPU
Temp. Power
Sensor Connector

Recorder
Control Measuring Power
Electronics Electronics Connector
CPU
Signal | — sd
Connector
Fan
ADCHO ... ADCH9 A/D Connector
ADCH10 Converter
11CH 12 BIT
Serial Interface

Figure 5-6. DC/DC board block diagram

5.3.3 Structure of the power supply section

The input voltages of the switching power supplies and the battery charger are connected by n-channel
FETs, which are controlled by high-side driver circuits. These input switches reduce leakage current from
the battery and make it possible for the CPU or control electronics to shut down a faulty power supply.

Power-on sequencing (rising order of the voltages) is controlled by the main processor. The +3.3V (the
supply voltage for the CPU) is switched on first by the control electronics. +5V rises after +3.3V without
CPU control. After that come other voltages. VCC_INT, +5V_INT and +2.5VREF are internal voltages of
the DC/DC board.

5-7
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

[VDD
ENA_CHG
= IN high-side G- /nİn. fet
driver ]
+5V-INT | +2.5\ [+2 5VREF
Battery
Charger
一 REFERENCE —
BAT VIN-VCPU
INPE [o]
ENA 3V3
ー N в n-fet
high-side 1 36
driver x +3.3V
Switcher
J
VCC_INT
VDD /
AC/DC VOUT “ “i rov. ANT +5V_INT

ENA 15VB R
> ом умы
high-side と
POW_ON LED
driver мм 158| +15VB
ー Boost |--
Switcher VDD/BAT
+15VB

R ENA VINSV (
Ni h-si G n-fet τον
BATTEST nfet e \-side

m VIN SV | Switcher | +SV

ーー ENA_5V T

ENA 15V
= м high-side G n-fet +15V +15V

driver V Flyback
VS 店 cher -15V
J

ЕМА_ММ12УГ G ー
high-side
driver | vin_12v] +12V +12V
= Switcher
ENA 12V]
+15VD| VFAN m ーー i
REG. ENA ISVD | fm
ENA G n-fet
FAN high-side R
OO driver +15VD
FAN

+15VD CIRCUIT BREAKER

Figure 5-7. DC/DC board power supplies

5-8
 Frames and Software

5.4 Detailed description of the power supplies

Synchronous switching is used in all step-down (buck) type switching power supplies in order to
improve the efficiency. In synchronous switching (or synchronous rectification), the normal schottky
diode of a buck converter is bypassed by a FET conducting at the same time as the diode. This reduces
diode loss remarkably.

All regulated output voltages of the DC/DC board are short-circuit protected. Protection is based on
current sensing and limiting by a switcher circuit except + 15VD, which is protected by a separate
circuit breaker.

5.4.1 +3.3V power supply

The +3.3V switcher is a synchronous switching step-down (buck) converter. Its input voltage is taken
either from VDD or battery via a diode selector. The input voltage is 10 to 16V.
The output voltage is +3.20 to +3.46V. Maximum output current is 1.8A.

5.4.2 +5V power supply

The +5V switcher is a synchronous switching step-down (buck) converter. Its input voltage is taken
either from VDD or battery via a diode selector. The input voltage is 10 to 16V.

The output voltage is +4.85 to +5.25V. Maximum output current is 2.8A.

5.4.3 +12V power supply

The +12V switcher is a synchronous switching step-down (buck) converter. Its input voltage is +15VB,
which is taken from VDD via a diode or directly from the boost converter. The input voltage range is 14
to 16V.
+12V switcher output voltage is +11.4 to +12.6V. Maximum output current is 1.4A.

5.4.4 +/-15V power supply

The +/-15V switcher circuit is a flyback regulator.
Input voitage for +/-15V switcher is VDD/BAT, which comes via a diode selector either from VDD or
fram battery. The input voltage range is 10 to 16V.

The output voltages are + 14.4 to +15.6V and -15.6 to -14.4V. Both outputs can be loaded at 0.2A
max.

+15V and -15V supply the analog electronics.

5-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5.4.5 +15VD power supply

+15VD is used as a “dirty” + 15V supply in the monitor. It powers the thermal printer, DC motors,
pneumatic valves, and isolated switching power supplies.

On the DC/DC board, the regulated voltage is actually +15VB, which is named +15VD after circuit
breaker electronics. During mains usage, +15VB is taken from VDD via a diode. When the mains
voltage drops, the monitor continues operation on battery. In battery use +15VB is converted from the
battery voltage by a boost type switcher. The boost converter and VDD have common control
electronics. The operation is described further in the next sections.

+15VB boost converter

The input voltage range of the boost converter is 10 to 14V.

The boost converter output voltage +15VB ¡is +14.5 to +15.4V. Maximum output current is 3.54.
A boost converter cannot limit its short-circuit output current. To prevent the components from
excessive heating in an overcurrent situation, a signal OC_15VB shuts +15VD consumption. It is also
connected to the CPU to inform the CPU of exceeding the input current limit of the boost switcher.
OC_15VB trip point is 6.8 to 7.9A. The output voltage will drop at a lower input-current level than that.
This is meant to protect the output FET in fault condition.

VDD control
The same control circuit that adjusts + 15VB boost converter also adjusts VDD when the monitor is in
mains use. VDD is adjusted so that + 15VB is at a little higher level than the boost regulator would
regulate it at. When mains and VDD drop, + 15VB fails into the lower level where the boost converter
continues its regulation. To achieve adequate accuracy and to prevent the two adjustments from
overlapping, the control circuits use a common reference voltage as well as a common resistor divider.
A signal TRIM_VDD is connected to AC/DC power supply to adjust VDD. VDD is increasing when
TRIM_VDD is increasing. The difference between the two adjustments of + 15VB is 0.2 to 0.45V, which
means that + 15VB is adjusted to 14.7 to 15.85V when VDD is present.

+15VD circuit breaker

To make the output voltage of the boost converter short-circuit protected, a separate circuit breaker is
added on the DC/DC board. The circutt breaker consists of an n-channel FET switch, a high-side driver,
and a current-measuring power resistor. When the set current limit is exceeded, the FET switches the
load off. After a short period of time the driver tries to reconnect the load. If overload still exists the
sequence is repeated.

The current limit is of fold-back type, which means that the trip level of the current is lower when the
output voltage is near to ground. in other words, the load current must be reduced to a lower level than
it was when switched off to enable reconnection. The current limit trip level is 5.1 to 7.2A. Signal
OC_15VD/ becomes active when the current limit is tripped.

The FET and current measuring resistor cause a voltage drop between +15VB and +15VD. This voltage
drop is allowed to be maximum 0.25V at 4A load current. +15VD voltage range is 14.25 to 15.85V at
load currents 0 to 4A.

5-10
 Frames and Software

CPU power connector (X6)

PIN SIGNAL/ VOLTAGE 1/0 DESCRIPTION

X6/1 GND
X6/2 GND
X6/3 +3.3V out To CPU and 3.3V LCD display
X6/4 +3.3V out
X6/5 +3.3V out
X6/6 +3.3V out
X6/7 GND
X6/8 GND
X6/9 +5V out To CPU and 5V LCD display
X6/10 +5V out
X6/11 GND
X6/12 GND
X6/13 +12V out To LCD backlight inverter
X6/14 GND

Mother board power connector (X2)

PIN SIGNAL/VOLTAGE 1/0 DESCRIPTION

ES VDD/BAT out Not utilized
| x2/2 GND
| X2/3 +15VD out To parameter boards
| X2/4 +15VD out
| X2/5 GND |
X2/6 GND
X2/7 +15V out To parameter boards
X2/8 -15V out To parameter boards
X2/9 GND
2/10 GND
x2/ 11 o +5V out To parameter boards
X2/12 +5V out
X2/13 +5V i out
X2/ 14 +5V out -= s
X2/15 GND © | |
X2/16 GND m

5-11
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

AC/DC power supply connector (X8)

PIN SIGNAL/VOLTAGE | 1/0 DESCRIPTION

X8/1 VDD_SHUTDOWN/ out Shut AC/DC powers.
X8/2 GND
X8/3 GND
X8/4 TRIM_VDD out Adjust VDD
X8/5 VDD in AC/DC output voltage
X8/6 VDD in

5.4.6 Fan control

The supply voltage VFAN is linearly regulated from +15VD. The operating voltage range of the fan used
is 10.2 to 13.8V. The fan is CPU controlled by signal FAN ON. In the circuit used, VFAN drops to the
level of 1.2 to 1.3V when FAN_ON is inactive.

Fan connector (X3)

PIN SIGNAL/ VOLTAGE 1/0 DESCRIPTION
X3/1 VFAN out Fan supply
X3/2 GND

5.4.7 Battery charger operating principle

A 12V 2.6Ah sealed, lead-acid battery, with a lifetime of approximately 5 years, is used as a back-up
supply. It will run the monitor for 15 minutes in case of mains dropout. It is not possible to start the
monitor on battery. The battery is charged whenever VDD is present. The charger will operate without
CPU control, because the CPU is out of use during monitor standby.

VDD is used as charger input voltage.

The control circuit is Unitrode UC3906, which is optimized for lead-acid batteries. The configuration
used is a dual-level float charger with three charge states: a constant current bulk-charge state, a
constant voltage over-charge state, and a float-charge state. A cycle begins with the charger in the
bulk-charge state, sourcing the battery with a constant current Imax. When the battery reaches the
voltage level Voc, the charger goes to over-charge state. The battery voltage is kept at a constant
voltage Voc until the charge current has reduced to a level of appr. !max/10 (loct). The charger enters
the float-charge state, where a lower constant voltage Vfloat is supplied to the battery.
The float voltage maintains the capacity of the battery and it can be fed to the battery indefinitely. The
lifetime of a lead-acid battery greatly depends on the float-voltage level. The correct level is, in turn,
temperature dependent. A proper charging method requires temperature compensation of Vfloat. On
the DC/DC board, the internal-reference voltage of the battery-charger circuit tracks the temperature
characteristics of lead-acid cells.

if the battery voltage is below the threshold voltage (Vt) the charger enters a trickle-charge mode,
where the charge current is reduced to value It. An overdischarged battery is charged with the trickle
current (It) until the battery voltage reaches the level Vt above which the bulk-charge begins. The
charger output short-circuit current (Isc) is limited by the same resistors as the trickle current.
Maximum charge current for the 12V 2,6Ah battery is 0.78A.

5-12
 Frames and Software

A CPU control signal (ICHGLOW) reduces the maximum charge current. This can be used momentarily
to cut the power consumption peaks of the monitor.

Battery connector (X4)

PIN SIGNAL/VOLTAGE 1/0 DESCRIPTION

X4/1 BAT in Battery voltage
X4/2 BAT in
X4/3 GND
X4/4 GND

5.4.8 Control electronics

The main functions of the control and measuring electronics are listed below:

Buffering between CPU and DC/DC board signals.

The buffers are HCT logic to be able to accept both 5V and 3.3V logic levels in their inputs. The
output is 5V cmos level.

Power-on logic.
Pushing the on/stby switch to on position causes +3.3V and +5V supplies to rise. (+3.3V and
+5V on and off sequence: +3.3V rises first and goes off last.) The CPU controls the other power
supplies. Pushing the on/stby switch to standby position does not directly disable the supply
voltages. The switch position information is wired also to the CPU, which controls the power
supplies’ switching off, also +5V and +3.3V supplies.

Over-voltage detection.
+5V and +3.3V are rapidly pulled down by a crowbar circuitry in case of over-voltage. All the other
power supplies are disabled. Over-voltage in + 15VB causes VDD to be switched off by signal
VDD_SHUTDOWN/. Over-voltage information goes also to the CPU by signal OV_15VB/.

VDD detection and over-temperature detection (signal VDD/TEMP OK).

Monitor internal temperature measurement (signal TEMP to A/D converter).

Battery voltage measurement (signal BATVOLT to A/D converter).

Low-battery detection. On battery use a too-low battery voltage causes all power supplies to be
switched off without CPU control (HW limit). The purpose of this is to prevent the battery from
overdischarging in case of CPU control malfunction.

Switching off all power supplies in over-temperature condition by the CPU.

Switching a power-resistor load to the battery to enable the CPU to measure approximate
capacity of the battery.

The high-charge states of the battery charger are indicated to the CPU by signal CHG_ON/.

Controlling Cardiocap/5's front panel charge LED.

When the charger is in high-charge states (that is, not in the float charge) the LED is flashing.
When in the float-charge state, the LED ts continuously lit, indicating a fully charged battery.
During battery use, the LED ts off indicating there is no charging.

5-13
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

CPU connector (X7)

PIN SIGNAL 1/0 DESCRIPTION

X7/ 1 ON/STBY_1 in STBY switch end 1
X7/2 GND STBY switch end 2
X7/3 STOP/ in Shut +3.3V and +5V switchers
X7/4 POW WD in Watchdog refresh
X7/5 EN VIN12V in Enable VIN 12V
X7/6 EN 12V in Enable +12V
X7/7 EN 15VB in Enable VIN_15VB and boost conv.
X7/8 EN_15V in Enable +/-15V switcher
X7/9 EN 15VD in Enable +15VD circuit breaker
X7/10 CHG ΙΝΗ in Disable charger input v. VCHG
X7/11 BAT_TEST in Connect battery test load
X7/12 VCONTRAST in ADCH10, scaled to 0 to 5V
X7/13 RESET/ in +3.3V and +5V reset from CPU
X7/14 ICHGLOW in Reduce battery charge current
X7/15 FAN_ON in Enable VFAN
X7/16 OC_15VB/ out Boost converter over-current
X7/17 OC 15VD/ out +15VD over-current
X7/18 | OV_15VB/ out +15VB over-voltage
X7/19 CHG_ON/ out Battery high-charge on
X7/20 CHG_LED out Charge LED control ©
X7/21 VDD/TEMP_OK out VDD detect/ TEMP o.k.
X7/22 ADC CS/ in A/D converter chip select
X7/23 SSCLK in Senal data clock ーー
X7/24 SSDOUT | in Serial data in (from CPU)
X7/25 SSON Пи Serial data out (to CPU)
X7/26 NC 1 Not connected

5-14
 Frames and Software

5.4.9 AD converte r
The analog-to-digital converter is controlled by the CPU via a slow serial data bus. The signals are
SSCLK (clock), SSDOUT (CPU data out), SSDIN (CPU data in), and ADC_CS/ (chip select). The A/D
converter is an 11-channel, 12-bit circuit. It uses external reference voltage. On the DC/DC board, the
reference voltage is RC-filtered from +5V INT supply. The input voltage range is 0 to +5V.

A/D channels

CHANNEL | SIGNAL/VOLTAGE | DESCRIPTION —

ADCHO VDD/BAT
ADCH1 VIN_15VB
ADCH2 VDD
ADCH3 +12V
ADCH4 +15VD
ADCH5 +15V
ADCH6 -15V
ADCH7 +2.5VREF
ADCH8 TEMP Temperature signal
| ADCH9 BATVOLT Battery voltage signal
ADCH10 VCONTRAST Reserved for future use

5-15
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5.5 CPU board

The CPU board performs central data processing of the Cardiocap/5 monitor. The CPU board is based
around an embedded AMD ELAN SC 410 (66MHz) processor. The memory chips listed below are
located on the CPU board:
= 16MByte DRAM
= 8MByte Code Flash

* 8MByte Store Flash

s 2Mbyte Boot Flash

* 32kByte NV-SRAM

Hi 用. ren
> i Seated

Fe Уi eh
ο τμ]
O E

ei de ted
ts trat tia).

Figure 5-8. The CPU board

The CPU board manages power by controlling and monitoring the voltage levels and power
consumption of the monitor. It shuts off supply voltages if over-current is detected.
The CPU board controls the Digital and Analog 1/0, Serial Data interface, and Ethernet interface. In
addition to the external interfaces, the CPU controls the internal Module Bus and Recorder interface. A
Watchdog on the CPU board monitors the operation of the software.

The ComWheel and Matrix keyboard are directly connected to the CPU board. The Real-Time Clock,
Audio generator, and Display controller are located on the CPU board. The CPU board is also equipped
with two PCMCIA-compatible data-card slots for software loading and data transfer purposes.

5-16
 Frames and Software

Crystal AMD ELAN SC 410 ( 66MHz)

yal yi Digital
32kHz - 486 core + 8kbyte cache <> {ο
- DRAM controller
- 3 x Timer/Counter
- 1x UART (IrDA)
JTAG ] DA Saşe eller

tesi
connector
à ISA A VL-Bus|
- Digital /O
< 러 IDA

Addr & жи:

RAS & VGA
CAS controller 256k x 16
—> display
memory

DRAM PCMCIA 1x Mem

2 x 4Mx16 controller PB] POMCIA[ mem 02141
code & data connector card 2

Ethernet
controller | p 10BASE-T

STRATA FLASH fe PLD — —> Module Bus

4M xo ーー - upi (—— Device Link

code +
- keyboard — —p 4x4 matrix KB
- comwheel
| R ~ | _ ssio interface ® PC-keyboard
FILEFLASH | ύ - audiogen = _+}——® ComWhee!
2M x 16 < Г -BT addr decode ㄴㄴ Ethernet ID
Warmstart 8 Boot le - 3v bus buffer
> SSIO

RICLK + SRAM ~ 32
S > 个 | |
NV-SRAM Le À | PLD 4x8 bit —» Brightness
serial DAC — Contrast
EPROM — Audio

— > _ >PC-interface
CTRL | 4x8 bit __»Serial I/O 1
5V DATA BUS M DAC H———> Serial I/O 2
一 一 一 vr Recorder

Figure 5-9. Block diagram of the CPU board

5-17
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5.5.1 Synchronous serial communication

The CPU board contains two separate synchronous serial channels. Channel one handles
communication with the Ethernet ID-block. Channel two is the internal serial bus of the monitor.

The synchronous serial channels are implemented with PLD to minimize the load of the main
processor. Communication with the chips connected to the bus is handled by the PLD registers.

Ethernet ID-block
The Ethernet ID-block can be connected to the 9 pin D-connector on the monitor's rear panel. It
contains an EPROM chip where the bedside specific ID number has been stored. The processor will
read the ID number with PLD by sending the address of the memory location to the chip.

Internal synchronous serial bus

The following chips are connected to the internal synchronous serial bus:

» 8 bitx4 DAC

» 12 bitx4 DAC
* 12 bitx11 ADC
Only the 8 bit x4 DAC is located on the CPU board. It generates audio signals and controls the
brightness and contrast of the display.

The 12 bit x4 DAC on the 1/0 board drives the Analog Output signals.
The 12 bitx11 ADC on the DC/DC board monitors the internal parameters of the monitor, such as
voltages, charging currents, and temperatures.

5.5.2 Asynchronous serial channels

There are three different asynchronous serial channel groups on the CPU board:

* Serial channel implemented with PLD: Module Bus

= Serial channels of the Quart:

Computer Interface
Recorder Interface

Serial 1/0 1 (not in use)

Serial 1/0 2 (not in use)

* Serial channel integrated in Elan: Reserved for future purposes

5-18
 Frames and Software

Serial channels implemented with PLD (D19)

Module Bus
PLD and Main Software control the function of the Module Bus and the Universal Peripheral interface
(UPS). This way the interrupts generated by the serial communication will not toad the main processor.

The Module Bus Reset comes from PLD pin 105.

The Module Bus is buffered to RS-485 level on the CPU board. The baud rate of the Module Bus is
500 k baud.

Serial channels of the Quart

Recorder interface
The Recorder serial interface channel uses both CTS# and RTS# handshake signals. In addition there
is a reset signal for the recorder.

The Recorder serial channel has been implemented on channel D of Exar’s UART ST16C654. The baud
rate is 76.8 k baud.

Computer Interface
The Computer Interface serial channel is buffered to RS-232 level on the 1/0 board. lt can be used for
interfacing some external device to the monitor. The computer interface is using channel A of Exar's
UART ST16C654.

Serial 1/0
The channels B and C of Exar's UART ST16C654 have been reserved for future purposes. They have
been wired to the 1/0 board connector on the CPU board.

5.5.3 Keyboards and ComWheel

Keyboard interface
An external keyboard can be connected to the monitor through the keyboard interface bus.
A PLD provides clocking for the bus and controls transmission and receipt of the messages. The
keyboard interface is a synchronous Serial bus. The buffering of the bus takes place on the 1/0 board.

Matrix keyboard
The 4x4 matrix keyboard has been implemented with a PLD. One row at a time is set active “0" and
after that the state of each column is read. The state of the column ts “O” if the button corresponding
to that row and column is pressed.

ComWheel
Two pulse generators on the ComWheel change their states in turn when the wheet is rotated. The
direction of rotation is defined by companng the current state to the previous one. The PLD reads the
state of the ComWheel and generates the I/O_INT interrupt if the state of the ComWheel has changed.
The ComWheel push switch is connected to the matrix keyboard.

5-19
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5.5.4 Digital 1/0 signals

The different 1/O-signals have been split into groups according
to their function:
* Defibrillator synchronization output.

* Alarm signals.

= PWR-board control signals.

Defibrillator synchronization output

Each detected QRS complex generates a 10 ms long, 5V pulse to pin 3 of the rear panel 44-pin 1/0
connector.

Alarm signals
In addition to audible alarms, the CPU board drives the Alarm LEDs on the monitor front panel and a
NURSE CALL signal on 44-pin 1/0 connector pin 5. The processor's I/O pins directly drive the Alarm
LEDs. The PLD generates the NURSE_CALL signal, which is in high state when the alarm is active. In
addition to the digital nurse-call signal, floating relay contacts are available on pins 11 and 12. The
relay located on the 1/0 board connects the pins when the nurse-call signal is active.

Power supply board control signals

The control signals for the DC/DC board come directly from the processor's |/O-pins:

X5 pin Signal name Function

3 STOP# Shut off +3.3V and +5V switchers
4 POW_WD Watchdog refresh
5 EN_VIN12V Enable VIN_12V
6 EN_12V Enable +12V
了 EN_15VB Enable +/- 15V circuit breaker
8 EN_15V Enable +/- 15V switcher
9 EN_15VD Enable +/- 15VD circuit breaker
10 CHG_INH Disable charger input v. VCHG
11 BAT_TEST Connect battery test load
13 PWR_RESET +3.3V and +5V reset disables all other control signals from CPU board to
power supply boards
14 ICHG LOW Reduce battery charge current
16 FAN ON Enable VFAN

The interrupts generated by the DC/DC board come directly to the processor's 1/0 pins:

X5 pin Signal name Function

16 OC_15VB# Boost converter over-current interrupt

17 OC_15VD# +15VD over-current interrupt
18 OV_15VB# +15VB over-voltage interrupt
19 CHG_ON# Battery high-charge on
21 VDD/TEMP_OK | VDD detect/Temp OK

5-20
 Frames and Software

5.5.5 Display controller

The display controller chip is a VGA-compatible chip 65550. Two 256k x 16 display memories
connected to the display controller enable use of a 32-bit databus for addressing display memory. The
display controller is directly connected to the VESA Local bus (VL-Bus) of the processor.

In addition to the control signals, the supply voltages (VEE_S & V_DISP) for the display are available
on the display connector X7. The supply voltages for the display must be connected ON and OFF ina
certain order compared to the control signals. The display-controller chip controls voltage sequencing.

Display brightness is adjusted with channel D of the 8-bit DAC. The DAC output drives the brightness-
control circuit located on the Backlight board.

The voltage level for the display can be selected with jumper X14.

Jumper X14 V_DISP Signal level

1-2 +5.0V CMOS
2-3 +3.3V TIL

5.5.6 Memory

DRAM
The CPU board contains two parallel 16 x 4M DRAM chips. The supply voltage for the chips is 3.3V.
When starting the monitor, the program code is loaded into the DRAM from the FLASH memory as the
DRAM memory is much faster than FLASH memory, which is used as a code storage.
When switching off the monitor, the contents ofthe memory area reserved for the variables is copied
to the FLASH memory (8Mbyte). This way the data needed forthe Warm Start is easily stored.

To define if there should be Warm or Cold Start, the elapsed time since the last switch OFF is checked
when the monitor is switched ON. Depending on the elapsed time, data is loaded either from the Store
Flash or from the Code Flash.
An ELAN SC 410 processor generates the signals needed for controlling the DRAM chips.

FLASH
FLASH memory is used for three different purposes:

* Code Flash D10

Code Flash reserves 8 Mbyte of memory. New program can be loaded into that chip from the
PCMCIA card.

= Store Flash D9
This is “Warm Start” memory used to store the contents of the DRAM memory area reserved for
the variables when switching off the monitor.

= Boot Flash D9
The Boot Flash means that the uppermost block of D9 memory area is reserved for the Boot code.
The contents of the Boot Flash block cannot be changed without connecting the board to the
factory testing device.

5-21
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5.5.7 PC and ethernet interfaces

PC card
The PC card interface, a Cirrus PCMCIA controller CL-PD6722, drives two PC cards. It is connected to
the ISA bus of the processor.
The PC-Card interface accepts standard +3.3 V or +5 V cards. The controller selects the correct voltage
automatically. A separate VCC and VPP switching matrix connects the voltage to the cards.

Ethernet
The Ethernet controller, a National DP83907, is connected to the ISA bus of the processor. The
1OBASE-T (paired cable) Ethernet interface meets the IEEE802.3 standard.

5.5.8 Audio
Values corresponding to audio waveforms are programmed in PLD memory for generating the audio
signals. The values are fed at the desired speed to a Texas 8-bit DAC converter (TLC5620).
DAC channel A generates the audio waveform and channel B adjusts the volume. The frequency range
of the audio generator is 70Hz - 2500Hz.

The output amplifier is located on the 1/0 board.

5.5.9 Real-time clock and battery back-up RAM

An SGS-Thomson M48T35 chip containing 32k*8 RAM is used as a Real-Time Clock (RTC) on the CPU
board. A lithium battery located on the chip is used to backup data stored in the RAM. The RTC
integrated in the chip runs on the same battery. The battery runs the chip only in case the power
supply voltage is less than 3V. The battery lifetime is approximately 10 years.

5.5.10 Control circuit (D24)

Supply voltage control
The control circuit MAX 705 watches the +3.3 V and +5 V supply voltages and resets the CPU board in
case the voltages do not remain within allowed limits.

Watchdog function
The processor's 1/0 pin |O_CS14 is connected to the Watchdog input of MAX 705. If the state of the
pin does not change at one-second intervals, the control circuit resets the board.

The purpose of the watchdog is to restart the monitor if there is a serious malfunction. This feature is
necessary in two cases: 1) when the main CPU's software is not able to control the monitor and
2) when the software controls the monitor but detects a serious malfunction.

5-22
 Frames and Software

5.6 Display, input, and output

5.6.1 Display
NOTE: The LCD display backlight circuit runs on high voitage. Do not touch the inverter board
when powered.

The display consists of 10.4 inch TFT LCD display unit, backlight board, and inverter board.
The CPU board drives the display. The picture data, synchronization, and +5 V supply voltage are
connected from the CPU board to the display unit via the display adapter board.
The +12 V supply voltage connects to the backlight board and inverter board via the CPU board. The
CPU controls the display brightness with three data bits, which adjust the backlight lamp current. The
brightness data is converted to adjusting voltage on the backlight board, which controls the inverter
board output and the brightness of the backlight lamps. The backlight lamps are cold cathode lamps.

+12V

5V a CPU | > に

Board Brightness
33V Data 3 bit ba
Data+sync+5V

Backlights

Figure 5-10. Cardiocap/5 display block diagram

5.6.2 Keyboard board

This board contains seven direct-function switches, red and yellow alarm LEDs, a green power
indicator LED, and a standby switch. The standby switch is connected to the CPU and to the DC/DC
board. The wire to the DC/DC board is linked through the CPU.

The power indicator LED on the board is lit constantly when VDD is available. it flashes when battery
charging is active. It is connected directly to the DC/DC board.

5.6.3 Mother board

The main function of the Mother board is to connect the measuring units to the CPU and to link the
supply voltages for them.

The 2.6Ah 12V back-up battery connects to the DC/DC board through the Mother board. The board
contains a 10A fuse in series with the battery cable and a protection diode.
Two D25 connectors connect the airway gas and hemodynamic parameter units to the module bus.
The 26-pin flat cable connector is used for expansion options. A 10-pin flat cable connector connects
the module bus to the CPU board. The Mother board also provides supply voltages to the 1/0 board
through the 16-pin Molex connector.

5-23
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5.6.4 1/0 board

The 1/0 board contains four different 1/0 connectors:

* 44-pin female D connector for digital/analog output.

s 9-pin male D connector for RS-232 serial 1/0.

» 9-pin female D connector for connecting NET ID plug.

= 5-pin 180 DIN connector

for connecting RemCo keyboard.
Data from the CPU is connected through a 40-pin flat cable connector. Power from the Mother board is
connected through a 16-pin flat cable connector.

The NET function indicator LEDs are located on the board.

The audio amplifier is on the board.

A 4-channel D/A converter feeds four analog outputs.

A +5 V regulator for supplying auxiliary devices is connected to the output connector. +5 V is regulated
from +15 VD.

Serial buffers convert the serial TTL data coming from the CPU to RS-232 and vice versa.
A relay connected to the analog/ digital output connector (pins 11 and 12) provides a floating nurse-
call signal. The digital nurse call signal coming from the CPU is on pin 5.

5.6.5 Net board

The Net board is just an adapter. The NET connector is attached on the board.

5.6.6 Parameter connector boards

Connector board Function
Temp connector board 6.3 mm temp plug connector. Connection to the STP board.
InvBP connector board (option) BP connectors and EMC filtering. Connection to the STP board. Two
different shape of boards depending if there are gases or not.
Sp0, connector board SpO, connector and EMC filtering. Connection to the STP board.
ECG connector board ECG connector, defibnillation-protection resistors, and discharge lamps.

5-24
 Frames and Software

5.7 Recorder and recorder board (N-XREC option)

You can use the optional built-in recorder
to do the following:

* Record the graphical or numerical trend and print up to 24 hours of trend data.

* Record up to three real-time waveforms simultaneously.

* Display recordings of numerical information in horizontal and vertical plane.

NOTE: Thermal paper printouts may be destroyed when exposed to light, heat, alcohol, etc. Make a
photocopy for your archives.

Figure 5-11. Built-in recorder

NOTE: The two-button recorder (shown) is for Cardiocap/5 monitors using software version 3.0 or
higher. A one-button recorder was available previously.

(1) Record Waveform/ Stop key. Press to start or stop recording selected real-time waveforms. This
key functions like the Record Start/Stop key on a one-button recorder.
(2) Record Trend/Stop key. Press to start or stop recording the selected graphical or numerical trend
data. Since this key is not available on a one-button recorder, use the options in the Record
Trends menu (Main Menu - Record/Print - Record Trends) to print trend data.
(3) Key to release and open the recorder paper compartment
(4) Recorder paper

(5) Recorder paper compartment

When the Record Trend/Stop key orthe Record Waveform/Stop key on the recorder is pressed, the
command to start or stop recording is transferred to the CPU through the serial bus.

The recorder board links supply voltages from the DC/DC board and data from the CPU board to the
recorder. A FET circuit delays the rise. A choke and a 10,000 uF capacitor filter the 12 V voltage. The
delay limits the current peaks from the power supply.

Communication with the main CPU board takes place through +5 V CMOS-level RS232 serial
interface. The recorder supply voltage of +12 VREC is switched on after +5 V is present.

Reset from the CPU bus ts transferred to the recorder board.

5-25
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

5-26
 Contents

Chapter 6. Measurement Parameters

6.1 Introduction .et
6.1.1 Hemodynamic parameters and related options
6.1.2 Airway gases and associated options... eee

6.2 Measurement principles for hemodynamic parameters............. 6-3

6.2.1 NIBP ein 6-3
¡III A 6-3
6.23 Impedance respiration iii Rt o tan 6-3
6.2.4 TemperatUe inner 6-3
6.2.5 Invasivebloodpressure(N-XPoption).................................. een 6-4
6.2.6 Pulse oximetry, standard seine ann
Plethysmographic pulse wave
Sensor....................................
Pulse rate ONO
6.2.7 Pulse oximetry, Datex-Ohmeda enhanced(N-XOSAToption)................... 6-5
Calibration inner sanane 6-6
6.2.8 Pulse oximetry, Nelicor compatible (N-XNSAT option)... 6-7

6.3 Measurement principles for airway gases, spirometry, and NMT.. 6-8
6.3.1. CO02, N20, and agent MEASUTEMENL eren 6-8
6.3.2 02 measurement... ee 에
6.3.3 Patient spirometry measurement
Airway pressure M.M ine
Aiway HOW eee erener sararan
Compliance and airway resistance us 6-11
D-lite™ Flow SENSOT esasan 6-11
6.3.4 NeuroMuscular Transmission (NMT) measurement eeeeeeeee nenene nene 6-12
Nerve stimulation
Tetanic/Post-Tetanic COURL (PTC) een 6-12
RESpoNSe...... ete nné 6-12
Regional block eee 6-13

6.4 Components for NESTPR hemodynamic parameters................ 6-14

6.4.1 Serial communication iii eee Petan 6-14
6.4.2 NIBP board... A 6-15
Pressure transducers emen een 6-15
Signal processing
UNA irene cene een

Watchdog timer
Valves... алина
Powersuppiysection........................ eee eee 6-16
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.4.3 ECG board лилии nena

Analog ECG section un.
ECG fitering................. irene
Respiration section...
Microprocessor section
Isolated section ......................
Power Supply Section... inner
6.4.4 ST AN
MICrOPFOCESSON UNIt a... inner anne
6.4.5 STP board-Pulse oximetry measurement sectiO siena
6.4.6 STP board—Temperature measurement section
6.4.7 STP board—Invasive blood pressure measurement section

6.5 N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT optional pulse oximetry components........

6.5.1 Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry components (N-XOSAT option) ............. 6-24
Serial communications connector
Sensor interface connectOr eee
6.5.2 Nellcor pulse oximetry components (N-XNSAT option)......
Communication protocol UMPEr............ ine ...
6.5.3 Sp02 interface board {for N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT option)...
RS48ö drivens................................. een
Power supply, non-isolated section de
Power supply, isolated section... i
Optoisolation.................................. eee emen sansa anem
Microprocessor, UART, nonvolatile memory ...
Module bus connector ee
Test connector inner

6.6 Airway gases and spirometry components ............................

6.6.1 Gas sampling system ........ --υ-υ-υἷυῃἷῃ --µ------
6.6.2 TPX measuring unit
6.6.3 OM measuring unit and board
OM board eee te
6.6.4. PVX measuring unit and board (Patient Spirometry, N-XV option) eee 6-32
λαο μμ inner 6-32
6.6.5 Gas unit CPU board... eee een 6-32

6.7 NMT components .pe 6-34

6.7.1 μα μμ... 6-34
Serial COMMUNICATION inner 6-34
Stimulator iii ON 6-34
6.7.2 Front panelconnector(NMTD mn 6-35
6.7.3 Module bus connector LL rennes 6-35
 Contents

Table of Figures
Figure 6-1. Hemodynamic parametersmeasurementunit(NESTPR)............................. 6-1
Figure 6-2. Airway gases measurement unit een nete 6-2
Figure 6-3. Absorption of infrared light in the finger... nn 6-4
Figure 6-4. Comparative light absorption... 6-6
Figure 6-5. Extinction versus wavelength graph........... ns 6-6
Figure 6-6. TPX sensor principles 6-8
Figure 6-7. Absorbance of N,0 and CO»... nn 6-8
Figure 6-8. Infrared absorbance of AAs
Figure 6-9.O,measurementprinciple...............................
eee eee
Figure 6-10.Pnnciple of response measurement лилии 6-12
Figure 6-11. Serial communication and opto isolation............ iii iene 6-14
Figure 6-12. NIBP board functional block diagram iene 6-15
Figure 6-13.ECGboardblockdiagram.................................. eee 6-17
Figure 6-14. STP board block diagram een 6-20
Figure 6-15. Pulseoximetrymeasurementblockdiagram............................. 6-21
Figure 6-16. Temperature measurement principles 6-22
Figure 6-17. Pressure measurement principle...
enem 6-23
Figure 6-18. SpO2 interface boargd bjock diagrarn iii 6-26
figure 6-19. Gas Sampling System (N-XC 0ptig0
站 un 6-28
Figure 6-20. Gas sampling system (N-XCO and N-XCAIO Options) ee 6-29
Figure 6-21. Gas tubing 18YOUŤ ui 6-30
Figure 6-22. TPX MeaSUTING UNE inner R Pet 6-31
Figure 6-23. OM measuring unit... eee 6-31
Figure 6-24. PVX measuring Unit... inner 6-32
Figure 6-25.Signalprocessinf................................. emme 6-33
Figure 6-26.Controllogic.............................
eee rre 6-33
Figure 6-2 7. Calibration data stored in EEPROM.............. iene 6-33
Figure 6-28. NMT serial communication and opto isolation...
ie 6-34
Figure 6-29. NMT stimulator block diagram ss 6-34
 Measurement Parameters

6. MEASUREMENT PARAMETERS

6.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information about the Cardiocap/5 standard measurement features and all
measurement options.

6.1.1 Hemodynamic parameters and related options

The Cardiocap/5 Parameter unit (NESTPR) provides measurement of general hemodynamic
parameters.

Figure 6-1. Hemodynamic parameters measurement unit (NESTPR)

NESTPR represents the measurement parameters listed below:

N= Non-invasive blood pressure (NIBP)
E= ECG
S = Pulse oximetry (oxygen saturation and pulse rate)
T= Temperature (T1)
P = Invasive blood pressure (N-XP option)—-two channels (P1, P2) and a second temperature (T2)
R = Impedance respiration

The pulse oximetry options listed below require hardware and processing that is not part of the
NESTPR unit:

* Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry (N=XOSAT option).

* Nellcor® compatible pulse oximetry (N-XNSAT option).

6-1
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.1.2 Airway gases and associated options

The Cardiocap/5 Airway Gas options (N-XC, N-XCO, N-XCAiO) provide airway and respiratory
measurements through the airway gas measurement unit.

Figure 6-2. Airway gases measurement unit

The features of each option are noted in the chart below.

NOTE: One or more of the airway gas options is required for the Patient Spirometry (N-XV) and
NeuroMuscular Transmission (N-XNMT) options.

Anesthetic | Anesthetic Patient NeuroMuscular

Option co, N,0 0, Agents Agentid Spirometry Transmission

N-XC ο

N-XCO e ο 9

N-XCAiO ο e e e e

N-XV * e

N-XNMT ** e

* Requires N-XCO or N-XCAiO.

** Requires N-XCAIO.

6-2
 Measurement Parameters

6.2 Measurement principles for hemodynamic parameters

6.2.1 NIBP
NIBP (Non-Invasive Blood Pressure) is an indirect method for measuring blood pressure.
The NIBP measurement is performed according to the oscillometric measuring principle. The cuff is
inflated with a pressure slightly higher than the presumed systolic pressure and deflated at a speed
based on the patient's pulse. Data are collected from the oscillations caused by the pulsating artery.
Based on these oscillations, values for systolic, mean, and diastolic pressures are calculated.

6.2.2 ECG
Electrocardiography analyzes the electrical activity of the heart by measuring the electrical potential
produced with electrodes placed on the surface of the body.

ECG reflects

« Electrical activity of the heart.

s Normat/abnormal function of the heart.

* Effects of anesthesia on heart function.

= Effects of surgery on heart function.

See the User's Reference Manual for electrode positions and other information.

6.2.3 Impedance respiration

Impedance respiration is measured across the thorax between three ECG electrodes. The respiration
signal is made by supplying current between two electrodes and by measuring the differential current
from the third electrode. The input current is 200 WA (31 kHz). The impedance measured is the
impedance change caused by breathing. When the patient is breathing or is ventilated, the volume of
air in the lungs changes, resulting in impedance between the electrodes. From these impedance
changes, the respiration rate is calculated and the respiration waveform is displayed on the screen.

6.2.4 Temperature
Temperature is measured by a probe whose resistance varies when the temperature changes, called
NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) resistor.

The resistance can be measured by two complementary methods:

* Applying a constant voltage across the resistor and measuring the current that flows through it.

= Applying a constant current through the resistor and measuring the voltage that is generated
across it.

The two methods are combined in the form ofa voltage divider. The NTC resistor is connected in series
with a normal resistor and a constant voltage is applied across them. The temperature dependent
voltage can be detected at the junction of the resistors, thus producing the temperature signal from
the patient. The signal is amplified by analog amplifiers and further processed by digital electronics.

6-3
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.2.5 Invasive blood pressure (N-XP option)

A catheter is inserted into an artery or vein to measure invasive blood pressure. The invasive pressure
setup—consisting of tubing, a pressure transducer, and an intravenous bag of normal saline all
connected together by stopcocks-—is attached to the catheter. The transducer is placed level with the
heart and electrically zeroed.

The transducer is a piezo-resistive device that converts the pressure signal to a voltage. The monitor
interprets the voltage signal so that pressure data and pressure waveforms can be displayed.

6.2.6 Pulse oximetry, standard

NOTE: Only one pulse oximetry source at a time is allowed by the Cardiocap/5. When the N-XOSAT or
N-XNSAT option is installed in the monitor, standard Cardiocap/5 pulse oximetry is not available.
A pulse oximeter measures the light absorption of blood at two wavelengths, one in the near infrared
(about 900 nm) region and the other in the red region (about 660 nm) of the light spectrum. These
wavelengths are emitted by LEDs in the SpO, sensor. The light is transmitted through peripheral tissue
and is detected by a PIN diode opposite to the LEDs in the sensor. The pulse oximeter derives the
oxygen saturation (SpO,) using an empirically-determined relationship between the relative absorption
at the two wavelengths and the arterial oxygen saturation, Sa0,.
To measure the arterial saturation accurately, pulse oximeters use the component of light absorption
giving variations synchronous with heart beat as primary information on the arterial saturation.

Intensity of 4 |
transmitted I |

light max (DC-component) |

MAMA 1
1
1

i
|
“min
AC-component

i
t
ーーーー . 1т.
l Variable absorption
T tted ; 1
light e 4 1 due to pulse added
I
’ |
volume of arterial
| blood

Arterial blood

Venous blood
ui
De
X
N
TOTS
、
alata
X

Tissue
HEN
>.
M

トー

11111 1 1 |
- 一 一 Time
M

No pulsation Pulsatile blood

Figure 6-3. Absorption of infrared light in the finger

6-4
 Measurement Parameters

A general limitation of the above pulse oximetry principle is that due to the use of only two
wavelengths, only two hemoglobin species can be discriminated by the measurement.

Modern pulse oximeters are empirically calibrated against fractional saturation (SaO,frac) or against
functional saturation (SaQ,func) as shown below:

SaO,frac = Hb0,/(HbO,+ Hb + Dyshemoglobin)

Sa0,func = Hb0,/(HbO, + Hb).
Functional saturation (SaO,func) is less sensitive to changes of carboxyhemoglobin and
methemoglobin concentrations in blood.
The oxygen saturation percentage SpO, is calibrated against the functional saturation (Sa0,func). The
advantage of this method is that the accuracy of SpO, measurement relative ta SaO,func can be
maintained even at rather high concentrations of carboxyhemoglobin in blood. Independent of the
calibration method, a pulse oximeter is not able to correctly measure oxygen content of the arterial
blood at elevated carboxyhemoglobin or methemoglobin levels.

Plethysmographic pulse wave

The plethysmographic waveform is derived from the {В signal and reflects the blood pulsation at the
measuring site. Thus the amplitude of the waveform represents the perfusion.

Sensor
SpO> sensors contain the light source LEDs, which are located opposite the photodiode detector.
Different kinds of sensors are available from Datex-Ohmeda, including clip-on and wrap styles.

Pulse rate
The pulse rate calculation is done by peak detection of the plethysmographic pulse wave. The signals
are filtered to reduce noise and checked to separate artifacts.

6.2.7 Pulse oximetry, Datex-Ohmeda enhanced (N-XOSAT option)

NOTE: Only one pulse oximetry source at a time Is allowed by the Cardiocap/5. When the N-XOSAT
option is installed in the monitor, standard pulse oximetry and N-XNSAT are not available.
The Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry option uses a two-wavelength pulsatite system—red and
infrared light—to distinguish between oxygenated (O2Hb) and reduced (HHb) hemoglobin, each of
which absorbs different amounts of light emitted from the oximeter sensor. The SpO2 and pulse rate
are determined by the oximeter through sensor signal processing and microprocessor calculations.

The Sp0> sensor contains a light source and a photodetector:

s The light source consists of red and infrared light-emitting diodes (LEDs).

s The photodetector is an electronic device that produces an electrical current proportional to

incident light intensity.

The two light wavelengths generated by the sensor light source (the red and infrared LEDs) pass
through the tissue at the sensor site. The light is partially absorbed and modulated as it passes
through the tissue.

Arterial blood pulsation at the sensor site modulates transmission of the sensor's light. Since other
fluids and tissues present generally don’t pulsate, they don't modulate the light passing through that
location. The pulsatile portion of the incoming signal is used to detect and isolate the attenuation of
light energy due to arterial blood flow.

6-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

4 a OX 5 Variable absorption
+ SSIS
> Tee3 LoIDgar ÉU À — (Due to arterialial pulse)
pul
aa 2506)
TIN
ota?
a
2022
一 Arteriali blood absorption
1

De Th Cie The The The De the hh Tet be De Th Th

5 pa ened eae НН it = i
Venous blood absorption
= レン ΕΣΑΣ ΝΑΟΙ
5 K
【
«a
<
e—— Other tissue absorption

Time

Figure 6-4. Comparative light absorption

The sensor's photodetector collects and converts the light into an electronic signal. Since 0,Hb and
HHb allow different amounts of light to reach the photodetector at the selected wavelengths, the
electronic signal varies accordingto which light source is “on” (red or infrared) and the oxygenation of
the arterial hemoglobin. The oximeter uses this information to calculate the relative percentage of
OoHb and HHb.
1
(Red) (Infrared)
660 nm 940 nm

\
o
Extinction (10%)

1
| \ 1

/
x
jo

2
|
\
\

HHb

2 1 | ι | 1 1 1 ]
600 700 800 900 1000

Wavelength (nm)

Figure 6-5. Extinction versus wavelength graph

The photodetector sends the electronic signal, which contains the light intensity information, to the
oximeter. The oximeter’s electronic circuitry processes the electronic signal, calculates the SpO2 and
pulse rate values, and displays them on the screen.

Calibration
Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry uses two wavelength ranges, 650 nm to 665 nm and 930
nm to 950 nm, both with an average power of less than 1 mW. These wavelengths are used to
calculate the presence of oxyhemoglobin (O2Hb) and reduced hemoglobin (HHb).

6-6
 Measurement Parameters

A CO-oximeter typically uses four or more wavelengths of light and calculates reduced hemoglobin
(HHb), oxyhemogiobin (O2Hb), carboxyhemoglobin (COHb), and methemoglobin (MetHb). Therefore,
pulse oximetry readings and CO-oximetry readings will differ in situations where a patient’s COHb or
MetHb are increased. Increased patient COHb leads to falsely increased SpO in all pulse oximeters.
Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry uses functional calibration, which is represented
mathematically as the percentage of hemoglobin capable of carrying oxygen that is carrying oxygen.

02Hb 02Hb
Functional Sp0 = | —————————— ) x100= | ———— | x 100
Hbrora - COHb - MetHb Ο2Η0 + HHb
The calculation of SpO2 assumes 1.6% carboxyhemoglobin (COHb), 0.4% methemoglobin (MetHb),
and no other pigments. These values are based on the Datex-Ohmeda Pulse Oximeter Empirical
Calibration Study. Appreciable variation from these values will influence SpQ5 accuracy.

6.2.8 Pulse oximetry, Nellcor compatible (N-XNSAT option)

NOTE: Only one pulse oximetry source at a time is allowed by the Cardiocap/5. When the N-XNSAT
option is installed in the monitor, standard pulse oximetry and N-XOSAT are not available.
The N-XNSAT pulse oximetry option uses the Nellcor pulse oximetry algorithm and should be used with
Nellcor pulse oximetry sensors only. Refer to the Cardiocap/5 Users Reference Manual fora list of
Nellcor sensors approved for use with this option.

6-7
 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.3 Measurement principles for airway gases, spirometry, and NMT

6.3.1 C02, N20, and agent measurement

TPX is a side-stream gas analyzer that measures real-time concentrations of CO,, NO and anesthetic
agents (Halothane, Enflurane, Isoflurane, Desflurane, and Sevoflurane). The TPX analyzer identifies
anesthetic agents or mixtures of two anesthetic agents and measures their concentrations. It also
detects mixtures of more than two agents and issues an alarm.

Temp Sensor

Sample
Chamber
Thermopile
Detectors

Sample Sample
Gas Out Gas In

Figure 6-6. TPX sensor principle

TPX is a nondispersive infrared analyzer that measures absorption of the gas sample at seven infrared
wavelengths that are selected using optical narrow band filters.
The infrared radiation detectors are thermopiles.
Concentrations of CO, and N,O are calculated from absorption measured at 3 to 5 um.
(arbitrary units)
Absorbance

4.0 4.5
Wavelength (um) 圖

Figure 6-7. Absorbance of N,0 and CO,

identification of anesthetic agents and calculation of their concentrations is performed by measuring

absorptions at five wavelengths in the 8 to 9 ym band, then using a set of five equations to solve the
concentrations.

6-8
 Measurement Parameters

БезНигапе — >
—,
Nm
ox
(+ = |
E =
se
os
BE
«<P. Enflurane ------- >;
= ーー デー
: !

V Halothane ——__>] |:

ALÍK er ce eta a ee 그 ec

Wavelength (um)

Figure 6-8. Infrared absorbance of AAs

To achieve measuring accuracy, numerous software compensation parameters are individually

determined for each TPX during factory calibration.

6.3.2 02 measurement
The differential oxygen measuring unit uses the paramagnetic principle in a pneumatic bridge
configuration. The signal picked up with a differential pressure transduceris generated in a measuring
cell with a strong magnetic field that is switched on and off at a frequency of 165 Hz. The output signal
is a DC voltage proportional to the difference in 0, concentration between the two gases to be
measured.

Flectromagnet

Mixture Out
y

1 Switched Magnetic Field

Microphone

Sample in Y

い
Reference
In P

Figure 6-9. 0, measurement principle

6-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.3.3 Patient spirometry measurement

in mechanical ventilation, breaths are delivered to the patient by a ventilator with a proper tidal volume,
respiration rate (RR), and inspiration/ expiration ratio in a time determined by the ventilator settings.

Patient Spirometry monitors patient ventilation and displays these parameters:

* Expiratory and inspiratory tidal volume (TV) in ml

= Expiratory and inspiratory minute volume (MV) in 1/minute

= Expiratory spontaneous minute volume in |/minute

* Expiratory volume in first second (V1.0) in percent (%)

= — Inspiration/ expiration ratio (1:E)

Airway pressure
= Peak pressure (Pra)

* Mean airway pressure (P..can) Critical care software only

e Endinspiratory pressure (Pia)

» PEEPi, PEEPe—Critical care software only

NOTE: PEEPi = intrinsic PEEP, PEEP-PEEPe

* Positive end expiratory pressure (PEEP)—Anesthesia software only

* Realtime airway pressure waveform (P,,)

PEEP, Poeak: Pmeans and Pig, ate Measured by a pressure transducer on the PVX board. Atmospheric
pressure is used as a reference. The pressure measurement is made from the airway part that is
closest to the patient between the patient circuit and the intubation tube.

Airway flow
= Real time flow waveform (V'}

= Compliance (Compl)

* Airway resistance (Raw)

* Pressure volume loop

= Flow volume loop

The kinetic gas pressure is measured using the Pitot effect. A pressure transducer measures the Pitot
pressure. The obtained pressure signal is linearized and corrected according to the density of the gas.
Flow speed is calculated from these pressure values, then the tidal volume (TV) value is integrated. The
minute volume (MV) value is calculated and averaged using the TV and respiratory rate values.

6-10
 Measurement Parameters

Compliance and airway resistance

Compliance tells how big a pressure difference is needed to deliver a certain amount of gas into the
patient. Compliance is calculated for each breath from the following equation:

n Li
TV. Sp -
Compl

Polar — PEEPi— PEEPe

The airway resistance, Raw, is calculated using an equation that describes the kinetics of the gas flow
between the lungs and the D-lite flow sensor. The equation states that the pressure at the D-lite can at
any moment of the breath be approximated using the equation

p(t) = Raw + V(t) + V(t) / Compl + PEEP

where p(t), V'(t) and V(t) are the pressure, flow and volume measured at the D-lite at a time (t),
Raw is the airway resistance, Compl is the compliance, and PEEP is the total end-expiratory
pressure,

D-lite™ flow sensor

Patient Spirometry uses a D-lite flow sensor. The adult D-lite sensor measures adults; the pediatric
measures children. Single-use and reusable versions of these sensors are available.
The D-lite adapter measures kinetic pressure by a two-sided Pitot tube. Velocity is calculated from the
pressure difference according
to Bernoulli's equation:

У =
2xdP
Ν р
where: у = уеюсйу (т/зесопа), dP = pressure difference (cmH,0), and p = density (kg/m?)

Flow is then determined using the calculated velocity:

F=vxA
where: Е = flow (I/minute), v = velocity (m/second), and A = cross area (m2)
The volume information is obtained by integrating the flow signal.

6-11
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.3.4 NeuroMuscular Transmission (NMT) measurement

The NMT feature provides peripheral nerve stimulation and response measurement that supports
electromyography EMG. You can also use the Cardiocap/5 NMT feature as a nerve locator for regional
nerve blocking with a regional block cable, however, in this case there is no response measurement.

Nerve stimulation |
There are three NMT stimulus modes: Train of Four (TOF), Double Burst 3,3 (DBS) and Single Twitch (ST).

* Train of Four stimulus generates four stimulation pulses at 0.5 second intervals. The response is
measured after each stimulus and the ratio of the fourth and first response of the TOF sequence is
calculated (TOF%). If the first response does not exceed a certain signal tevel, TOF% is not
calculated due to poor accuracy.

* Double burst (3,3) stimulation includes two bursts with a 750 ms interval. Both bursts consist of
three pulses separated by 20 ms intervals. The responses of both bursts are measured, and the
ratio of the second and first response is calculated (DBS%). EMG responses are measured
immediately after the first stimulus pulse of both bursts.

e Single Twitch stimulation generates one stimulation pulse. The response is measured after the
stimulus. To prevent decurarization of the stimulated area, the measurement is automatically
stopped after 5 minutes stimulation in 1-second cycle time.

Tetanic/Post-Tetanic Count (PTC)

Tetanic/PTC can measure deeper relaxation than TOF. The tetanic stimulation is produced when Start
is chosen under Fetanic/PTC. The length of stimulation is 5 seconds. The stimulation generates
pulses with a frequency of 50 Hz and with a selected pulse width and current. After tetanic stimulation
and a three second delay, Single Twitch stimulation is produced to detect the post tetanic count (PTC).
PTC describes the number of responses detected after tetanic stimulation. If there is no response, the
measurement will be stopped. If responses do not fade away, a maximum of 20 responses will be
calculated. If more can be detected, the PTC value is displayed only as “> 20” and measurement
stops.

If the TOF, DBS, or ST measurement cycle was on when tetanic stimulation started, the cycle will
continue after the PTC. After completing the PTC measurement during 1 minute TOF, DBS, or another
PTC measurement is not possible. This is to avoid erroneous readings due to post-tetanic potentiation.

Response

ーー 本 A/D
Timing control | and

_ EMGleadsoff | _| Microprocessor

© Mechano-
Sensor

Figure 6-10. Principle of response measurement

6-12
 Measurement Parameters

Before each stimulation, the sequence offset, noise, and threshold for response detection is
measured. Offset is a baseline of the noise measurement. Noise is calculated by the same algorithm
as the response signal itself. The response detection threshold is calculated based on the noise. If the
response is not greater than the threshold, it is interpreted as no response.

The EMG response is measured as integrated muscle activity. The EMG measurement starts 3 ms after
the stimulation and lasts 15 ms. The 3-ms delay helps prevent the effect of stimulation artifact.
When using a MechanoSensor, response is measured as movement of the thumb, which is the area of
positive signal.

Regional block
A regional block cable can be used as a nerve locator in local anesthesia. A maximum current of
5.0 mA is given every second, every other second, or every third second. The response measurement
is ocular.

6-13
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.4 Components for NESTPR hemodynamic parameters

6.4.1 Serial communication

NESTPR

NIBP Board 」
Receive Data Data
« Receive Data estes 5
5 Send Data river NData 、| る =
a Send Data | E 8
©

8 Send/Receive Send/Receive è
个 2 E
a © o

« Reset | Reset in 品 à
β-
Reset RS485 NResetin | の
Driver

ECG Board P
. : i . 5
< Receive Data | ; ; Receive Data 8

2 Send Data » : i Send Data Е

© 1 o

© Send/Receive Opto isolation Send/Receive ¿| 2

Е. p FS
q Reset Reset o
ら
} Patient : |
i Isolation : m

STP Board
Receive Data Data
Receive Data Г RS485
Efe Dri Iver NData+„| 8©
52 я ; Еo |
Data
Send A —— E
Send Data , i

© Send/Receive Opto isolation ©| Send/Receiveーー4 25

S А — i
> : :
a

| の Resetin | ©
mes ©
o 2 Reset RS485
: Patient i n Driver bq NResetin | 2
i Isolation :
|

Figure 6-11. Serial communication and opto isolation

Serial communication between the NESTPR unit and the CPU is done by a RS485-type bus whose
buffers get their supply voltage (+5 VDC) from the DC/DC board. In the isolation section, their supply
voltage (+5 V) is obtained from the isolated power supply. The data transmission rate is 500 kbps.

The serial communication buffers are also controlled by the Reset signal so that when the Reset is
active, the buffer does not transfer data. Reset is also an RS485. Additionally, an auxiliary logic power
reset keeps the reset active for about 500 ms despite the state of reset in the module bus. Time
constant determines the power-up reset time. Components prevent the unit from sending data during
reset.

ECG board communication with the module bus is made through RXD and TXD pins.

6-14
 Measurement Parameters

6.4.2 NIBP board

一

Pump
and 2
Valve Driver 一 一一

B1 À B2 Farc しーー 圖 Overpressure Control | TE

td 一
u Timer À

. 는 L AD |… + 15 VD
Lu. τν | a Li =, {Converter 一

TN |
L- - a Address Bus |

Powerupl — CPU ペデ |
Reset 80C51FA Address ーー | | ーーー
Decoder | | | |
|
5 A if RS485 las | | k JU |
3p “ {Interface
\ ) Ji Front
3 Address | RAM EPROM Panel | [Software
き| 1 Internal Latch Jr Keys on
2 EEPROM |- Watchdog = -一 -一 |
© (Calibration fy, ， | | | | | | | | |
E Data) | sell poe |
の | Databus
Write Protect
Switch

Figure 6-12. NIBP board functional block diagram

Pressure transducers
The NIBP board contains two piezo-resistive pressure transducers (B1 and B2). Transducer B1
measures the pressure of the blood pressure cuff and the pressure fluctuations caused by arterial wall
movement. Transducer B2 detects the cuff hose type as well as “Cuff loose" and "Cuff occlusion"
conditions. The transducers are temperature-compensated internally. They are supplied by a constant
voltage and their output voltage changes up to 40 mV maximum (50 kPa, 375 mmHg).

Signal processing
The NIBP board is controlled with 80C51FA microprocessor at 16 MHz oscillator frequency. The
microprocessor system ts equipped with its own power-up reset in addition to the external RS485
reset line.

Two signals from the pressure transducers are amplified and sent to the A/D converter. After the
converter, digitized signals are sent to the microprocessor for data processing. Before the converter,
one signal adjusts the offset to the pressure safety level.

6-15
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Software control
Software controls the valves and pump. In addition to ON/OFF signals for each component, a common
power switch for the valves and the pump is used at pump/valve failures.

Memory
NIBP program memory (EPROM) size is 128k x 8. The RAM (32k x 8 bit) stores variable NIBP
measurement values. The EEPROM (64 x 16 bit) stores the calibration values for the pressure
transducers, the pulse valve constants gained during measurements, the PC board identification, and
the module serial number.

Watchdog timer
The NIBP board is equipped with a software-independent safety circuit to disconnect supply voltages
from the pump and the valves if the cuff has been pressurized longer than preset time. The pressure
limit is specified to 5 mmHg. As soon as the cuff pressure rises over 5 mmHg, a timer starts counting.
The timer is adjusted to stop the pump and open the valves in 2 minutes 10 seconds in adult/child
mode and in 1 minute 5 seconds in infant mode.

Valves
Exhaust valves 1 and 2 empty the cuff and the joining chamber after the measurement. Exhaust valve
1 is used as a safety valve in infant mode; it opens at 165 mmHg. Exhaust valve 2 is used as a safety
valve in adult mode; it opens at 320 mmHg.

The bleed valve empties the cuff during measurement.

The zero valve connects pressure transducer B1 to open air.

Power supply section

All connections are established via a 25-pin connector (D-type, female). The unit needs a +5 V, + 15
V, and +15 VD (dirty) power supply to operate. The pump and the valves use a separate +15 VD power
line. Supply voltages are generated in the DC/DC board. The reference voltages + 5 V,..and +10 Vie,
are generated on the NIBP board.

6-16
 Measurement Parameters

6.4.3 ECG board

Patient signals are connected to overload protection circuits (resistors and gas-filled surge arresters)
and analog switches to instrumentation amplifiers. The signals are amplified by 480 and limited by
slew rate. Then they are A/D-converted, analyzed, and transferred to the module bus in digital form.

| Overload Protection |

ーー =“
R L F C N
Defibrillation
Detector

| Analog Switches | Lead Selection Logic

ИР ] ] Controlled by ECG lead
selection signals from uP

Slew-Rate Slew-Rate Slew-Rate Slew-Rate

Detector Detector Detector Г Detector

Pod
=

HP Fiter | ¡| Hp Fiter |

pp | ib
Anti-Alias | Ani Alas

AID
Microprocessor
(uP)
Supply Voltages

Power Source | opt- FE Tea cos |

Isolation
“EE Cece ве __
σσ Ορίο- quer | ea ECG

spa Board 。
Figure 6-13. ECG board block diagram

6-17
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Analog ECG section

The ECG cable is connected to connector pins E1 to E6 on the input board, which contains an overload
protection circuit.

Analog switches connect leads to amplifiers. The state of the switches depends on the cable type.
Lead-off, noise, and pacemaker are detected by a slew rate detector.
Lower frequency is determined by a high-pass (HP) filter 0.5 Hz (monitor bandwidth) or 0.05 Hz
(diagnostic or ST bandwidth).

ECG filtering
The Cardiocap/5 monitor has three ECG filtering modes:
MONITORING 0.5 to 30 Hz (with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.5 to 40 Hz (with 60 Hz reject filter)
DIAGNOSTIC 0.05 to 100 Hz
ST FILTER 0.05 to 30 Hz (with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.05 to 40 Hz (with 60 Hz reject filter)

Filtering reduces high-frequency noise and low-frequency (for example, respiratory) movement
artifacts.

The monitoring filter is used in normal monitoring. The diagnostic filter is used if more accurate
diagnostic information is needed. The ST filter gives more accurate information of ST segment, but
reduces high-frequency noise.

The high-pass filters 0.5 Hz and 0.05 Hz are done with hardware. The monitor sends a command to
the NESTPR unit determining which corner frequency (0.5 Hz or 0.05 Hz) is to be used.
The 50 Hz and 60 Hz reject filters are low-pass filters with zero at 50 Hz or 60 Hz correspondingly and
they are done with software. They are for the mains supply filtering. When these filters are used, 3 dB
value for low-pass filter is 30 Hz or 40 Hz.

Software filters are not used in diagnostic mode. Then, the upper frequency is limited by hardware and
the -3 dB frequency is 100 Hz.

Respiration section
Analog switches control the current supply source of the impedance respiration measurement. The
lead selection for the 3-lead cable can be seen from the following table:

Selected lead Current source between Signal measured from

I R-L F
H R-F L
出 L-F R

Position on body surface IEC Standard coding AAMI standard coding

night arm R = red RA = white

left arm L = yellow LA = black

left leg F = green LL = red

6-18
 Measurement Parameters

When the 5-lead cable is used, the current source is between L-F and the signal is measured from the
N, independently on the lead selection.

The respiration amplifier consists of the operational amplifiers and the components around them. An
analog switch controls the gain of the first stage of the preamplifier.

The synchronous rectifier consists of the analog switches, which detect the respiration signal from 31
kHz amplitude modulated raw signal.

The amplifier stage consists of the differential amplifier and the last amplifier. The differential amplifier
consists of the operational amplifiers and the components around them. This stage is AC-coupled on
both sides for minimizing the offset voltages.

The last amplifier amplifies the signal derived from the differential amplifier stage.
The respiration signal is zeroed at the beginning of the measurement. Zeroing is also used for fast
recovery of the measurement after the motion artifact. This is done in the amplifier section.
NOTE: The respiration measurement is switched OFF for 20 seconds when defibrillation is detected at
the defibrillation detector.

Microprocessor section
The microprocessor contains RAM and EPROM. The processor uses external EEPROM memory. The
microprocessor's internal 8-channel A/D converter converts the ECG signals to digital form.

Isolated section
See STP board later in this chapter.
The patient isolation of ECG is 5 kV.

WARNING: Do not touch battery-operated monitor during defibrillation procedure.

Power supply section

See STP board later in this chapter.
There is a test connector (X20) on the board for voltages +5 VREF, +5V, +12V, GND and -12V.

6-19
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.4.4 STP board

Patient Connectors

Temperature Invasive Pressure

Front Panel Keys Measuring Unit Measuring Unit POX LEDs Driver

Gain Control
Temp. AD Pressure AD

Red Measuring [Red Measuring|

AD Converter
e 8-channel POX AD |
* 12-bit
Sertal Device Communication

Nonvolatile Memory |
Microprocessor Unit Intensities
2K RAM (internal)
16K RAM (external) Module Bus Data
48K EPROM

Power anti
RS Communication Reset

isolation TT o
Section

isolation Transformer Patient Isolation Opto-Isolation

Power
| 1
Non-isolation RS-485 Driver RS-485 Driver
Power Reset for for
Section
Module Reset . Data

Power for Module Power for Communication Module Reset Module Data

To NIBP Board

Figure 6-14. STP board block diagram

Microprocessor unit
The STP board uses an Intel 80C196KC-16 processor with three A/D converters, external memories,
an 8-bit data bus, a 16 MHz oscillator, an open collector reset, and a watchdog timer. The processor's
internal UART communicates with the CPU board. High speed 1/0 obtains the pulse control sequence
for pulse oximetry measurement. The oscillator provides its timing clock.

6-20
 Measurement Parameters

Isolation section
The outputs of the two opto isolators are analog signals in the isolated section, however, the signal is
processed on logical high-low level. Reset line is an open collector type with a pull-up resistor,
allowing the processor to use its internal watchdog function.

Power supply section

Isolated supply voltages of the boards are developed from +15 Vdirty voltage from the DC/DC board.
The power supply is a switched mode circuit, where the FET transistor switch is controlled by an
oscillator using a bipolar timer. The frequency of the oscillator is about 30 kHz and the pulse ratio is
50%. Control of the FET switch is slowed to suppress spurious interference.
À special pulse transformer is used in the circuit. In the secondary circuit, normal linear regulators are
used except for +5 V (low drop type linear regulator).

6.4.5 STP board—Pulse oximetry measurement section

1-5-350 MA intensi
LED driving circuit — | ad

— Red LED intensity —

Level of LED current adjustment
| measurement and 一 一 一 一
feedback circuit .. M

—+ Level of LED current indication (to CPU) b

IR DC level >

G = 1/4096-1 G=275
Sf ¡Red AC signal,

Preamplifier Digitally-controlied Amplifier Two-step for NESTPR

current-to-voltage attenuator AC amplifier G=18 or 125
converter

T F Red AC signal

=
_ RedD(DC level

Figure 6-15. Pulse oximetry measurement block diagram

LED control signals

The processor sends pulse-width modulated signals, IRED intensity and RED intensity, that are
converted to DC voltage and filtered. Switches send either RED or IRED intensity forward to the
amplifier in the LED driving circuit.

6-21
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

LED driving circuit

The differential amplifier circuit measures the voltage difference that corresponds to the LED current.
Its output is sent back to the processor in 0 to 5 V level. There are feedback circuits from LED current
measurement and LED intensity control.
Background light is measured by picking up a sample from the signal. The sample is modified to 0 to 5
V level and sent to the processor.

Measured signal preamplification

The preamplifier is a current-to-voltage converter with gain selection. The higher gain is used for
measuring thin tissue.

Digitally controlled amplifier

The D/A converter is a digitally-controlled amplifier after which there is another constant amplifier.

Red and infrared channel separation

Switches separate red and infrared channels. The operational amplifier functions as a buffer and after
this, an infrared DC signal is sent to the processor. A capacitor separates out the AC signal, which is
sent to the processor after amplification. There is a switch to choose the amplification constant.

6.4.6 STP board—Temperature measurement section

The value of NIC resistor in the probe depends on the patient's temperature, which is measured with
the following principle.
The temperature signal is produced by voltage dividers, part of which is the temperature probe used
on the patient. The output is amplified by the calibrated amplifier whose offset voltage makes its
output spread on both sides of zero. A wider output range (measurement range) means better
resolution.

O °C => 7K357 +5 V Reference

15 °C => 3K541
25 °C => 2K253
38 °C => 1K301
45 °C => 984R1
] poo]

>> To A/D Converter

I Offset

Figure 6-16. Temperature measurement principle

6-22
 Measurement Parameters

6.4.7 STP board—Invasive blood pressure measurement section

isolated +5 V voltage is supplied to the pressure transducer. From the bridge connection a differential
voltage, which depends on pressure and supplied voltage, is calculated (see the formula below).

Uout = Uin x Pressure x 5 V

where Uin=5V

Uout = 25 V x Pressure [mmHg]

Pressure amplification is realized in the instrumentation amplifier. Gain of the amplifier is set so that
the level of the signal transferred to the A/D converter stays within the measurement range even when
there are circumstantial offsets or offsets caused by the transducer. A filter before the amplifier
attenuates high frequency disturbances.

Pressure Transducer
Vin

| . | 一 | | Instrumentation Amplifier

| > Vout ] fm πως

| | Input Filter 6 — > To A/D Converter
e . | _ o -
9

Figure 6-17. Pressure measurement principle

6-23
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.5 N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT optional pulse oximetry components

6.5.1 Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry components (N-XOSAT option)

The Datex-Ohmeda enhanced pulse oximetry option (N-XOSAT) consists of the following parts:

= Sensor connector board and cable assembly

= Datex-Ohmeda pulse oximetry board (OSAT board)

s Sp0, interface board

The measured SpO,, pulse rate values and status information are transmitted through the connector
board/cable assembly to the pulse oximetry board, then transferred to the SpO, interface board.
Communication between the pulse oximetry board and the SpO, interface board is established through
an RS-232C serial interface. The SpO, interface board transmits the measurement information to the
module bus of the monitor through an RS485 serial interface.

Serial communications connector

The OSAT board includes a bi-directional (2-wire) serial communications port. The serial interface
connector is a 14-pin, dual row header. The pin assignments are shown below.

Pin Description Pin Description Pin Numbering

‘lemon
1 +5IN

5 | COMMON
(2 İm
2 COMMON

NO CONNECT
UMLINC |

=—_
ne
Pin 1
7 UNUSED 8 TX- TRANSMIT -
ーー . Connector viewed from solder
9 RX- RECEIVE 10 CTS side of board.

11 RESET (Active Low) 12 COMMON

13 NO CONNECT 14 COMMON

Sensor interface connector

The sensor interface connector is a 10 pin, dual row header. The pin assignments are shown below.

Pin Description Pin Description Pin Numbering

1 DETECTOR ANODE 2 DETECTOR RETURN Г 10)

3 ID RESISTOR COMMON 4 LED ANODES η. “ Pin?

5 NO CONNECT 6 ID RESISTOR # 1 <=. Pin 1
In
了 NO CONNECT 8 RED CATHODE
Connector viewed from solder
9 IR CATHODE 10 NO CONNECT side of board.

6-24
 Measurement Parameters

6.5.2 Nelicor pulse oximetry components (N-XNSAT option)

The Nellcor compatible pulse oximetry option (N-XNSAT) consists of the following parts:

* Sensor connector board and cable assembly

* Nelicor pulse oximetry board (NSAT board)

= Spo, interface board

Sensors can be plugged into the monitor directly or used with sensor extension cables available from
Nellcor. Sensors plug into a 9-pin female connector (D-type) on the front of the monitor. This
connector is mounted on a small PC board, the connector board. This two-board system consumes
approximately 1.3 W of power.

» The Nellcor pulse oximetry board is a surface-mounted PC board manufactured by Nellcor. It

contains the signal processing electronics and software that are based on Nellcor stand-alone
pulse oximeters. It is used with an internal preamplifier.

= The connector board/cable assembly consists of the patient connector, the connector board, and
the cable that connects to the pulse oximetry board. The connector board contains the sensor
interface connector, a differential preamplifier, and EMI protection. It provides analog signals to
the pulse oximetry board from the oximeter sensor through a preamplifier inferface cable.
The measured Sp0,, pulse rate values, and status information are transferred from the pulse oximetry
board to the SpO, interface board. Communication between the pulse oximetry board and the SpO,
interface board is established through an RS-232C serial interface. The SpO, interface board transmits
the measurement information to the module bus of the monitor through an RS485 serial interface.

Communication protocol jumper

Jumpers on the Nellcor pulse oximetry board determine the interface used for communication. A
Jumper should always be installed on J6 (interface selection).
NOTE: New, replacement boards may have jumpers installed on J5 (baud rate selection) and J6. The
jumper on 35 should be removed before installing the board.

6-25
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.5.3 SpO> interface board (for N-XOSAT or N-XNSAT option)

Module bus connector

RS485 RS485 Power;

Driver for Driverfor [4 Power-up | nonisolated
data module reset reset section

Opto isolation Patient isolation Isolation transformer |

Microprocessor .. Power;
1024 byte internal RAM, 32k byte internal ROM; 16MHz isolated section

|
+15V and - 15V
Nonvolatile supply voltages
UART memory to oximetry board

Bidirectional asynchronous
serial communication
to oximetry board

Figure 6-18. SpO3 interface board block diagram

NOTE: Two switches located on the board are not used and have no function with the Cardiocap/5.

RS485 drivers
The Sp02 interface board contains drivers for data and for module reset functions. They drive the
RS485-type serial communication bus between the pulse oximetry unit and the Central Unit. Data
transmission speed of the bus is 500 kbps.

In addition to RS485 bus RESET, a Power-up reset keeps the RESET pin of the CPU active during power
up for about 500 ms despite the state at the RS485 bus RESET. This is used to prevent the sending of
RS485 data during the RESET of the module.

Power supply, non-isolated section

The power supply ts a half bridge type, switched mode circuit, where the driver FETs are controlled by a
quartz oscillator. The load of the half bridge is the primary of the isolation transformer. The voltage,
+15 Vdirty from the Central Unit, is used as the supply voltage of the switched mode circuit.

Power supply, isolated section

The secondary voltages of the isolation transformer are rectified, filtered, and regulated. The voltages
can be measured from the test connector (X11).

6-26
 Measurement Parameters

Opto isolation
The serial communication bus signals between the pulse oximetry board and the Central Unit are
transferred through the patient isolation section by high speed opto couplers.

Microprocessor, UART, nonvolatile memory

The microprocessor, with on-chip memory, converts and transfers data from the pulse oximetry board
to the monitor.

The UART provides bidirectional asynchronous serial communication between the pulse oximetry
board and interface board CPU.

Nonvolatile memory stores identification information, such as serial number, control number, date, etc.

Module bus connector

13(0000000000000) i
25 N000000000000/ 14

Pin No 1/0 | signal PinNo | 1/0 | Signal

1 | RESET RS485* 14 | | +32 VDIRTY
2 1 | -15VDC 15 | | GroundDIRTY*
3 | +15 VDIRTY* 16 | | crsc
a | +15 VDC 17 0 | RISC
5 /O | DATA RS485* 18 | |Rxpc
6 70 | DATA_RS485* 19 о | 000
7 Ground 8 Shield* 20 ON/STANDBY
8 | -RESET RS485* 21 BITOIN
9 | CTSB | 22 RXDD_RS232
10 о | RISB 23 7000 65232
11 | | RXDB 24 | |+5vDC
12 | 0 [rx 25 i |+5wc
13 Ground & Shield*
*Used in the OSAT or NSAT pulse oximetry unit

Test connector
Pin No Voltage Name Note
1 +5V +5VTEST Supply voltage to the Sp02 interface board
M 2 +5V +5Vn Supply voltage to the pulse oximetry board
3 + 15V +1 5Vn Supply voltage to the pulse oximetry board
4 GND | FGND
5 - -15V - 15Vn
6 - N/C |

6-27
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.6 Airway gases and spirometry components

Airway gas measurement involves the following components:

Gas sampling system

TPX measuring unit

OM measuring unit and OM board

PVX measuring unit and PVX board for Patient Spirometry (N-XV option)

CPU board

6.6.1 Gas sampling system

The gas sampling system draws a gas sample to the analyzers at a fixed rate. It also removes water
and impurities from the gas sample. A sample line is connected to the water trap. The pump draws gas
through the sampling line to the gas measuring units. After the measurements, the gas is exhausted
from the sample gas out connector.

Pneumatic Unit
D-Fend Water Trap

OD

d > < ェ ーーー Nafion Tube

Pressure し 1
Transducers 1! tl OM Ref. Filter
TL 全 9

Gas Outlet Connector

n
Nafion Tube Zero Absorber
z 1トー-- つ
TPX Unit

OUT | IN
> JO
INC O Gi

Damping Chamber
OUT IO
Sampling Pump | <

Figure 6-19. Gas sampling system (N-XC option)

6-28
 Measurement Parameters

OM Unit

Pneumatic Unit
O D-Fend Water Trap

(0%

Pressure
< 一 一 一 NafionTube
Transducers OM Ref. Filter
OO)
81 Gas Outlet Connector
T

Nafion Tube Zero Absorber

TPX Unit

OUT

IN

Damping Chamber
Sampling Pump

Figure 6-20. Gas sampling system (N-XCO and N-XCAi0 options)

D-fend™
The sample is drawn through a sampling line to the water trap, where it is Separated into a main flow
and a side flow. The main flow is drawn through into the analyzers. A hydrophobic filter separates this
flow from the patient side. The side flow creates a slight subatmospheric pressure within the D-fend
water trap, causing fluid removed by the hydrophobic filter to collect in the bottle.

Zero valve
The main flow passes through a magnetic valve before proceeding to the analyzers. This valve is
activated to establish the zero points for the TPX and OM units. When the valve is activated, room air is
drawn into the internal system and the gas sensors.

Nafion"" tube ”
A Nafion tube between the water trap and the zero valve balances the sample gas humidity with that of
ambient air. The tube prevents errors caused by the effect of water vapor on gas partial pressure when
humid gases are measured after calibration with dry gases.

Gas analyzers
After passing through the zero valve and Nafion tube, the gas passes through the TPX and the OM
units. The oxygen sensor has two inputs. One input accepts the main flow and the other draws in room
air for reference. Both gas flows exit from a single port.

“ Nafion is a trademark of Perma Pure inc

6-29
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Sample flow differential pressure transducer

The sample flow differential pressure transducer measures pressure drop across the OM inlet restrictor
and calculates sample flow from the pressure difference.

Working pressure transducer

The working pressure transducer measures absolute working pressure between the TPX unit and the
OM unit. It is used for the “Occlusion,” “Check D-fend,” “Replace D-fend,” and “Check sample gas
outlet” messages.

Pneumatic unit
The pneumatic unit contains a zeroing valve, an occlusion valve, and tubing connections. A series of
restrictors and chambers form a pneumatic filter to prevent pressure oscillations from the pump to
reach the measuring units. Zeroing and occlusion valve connections to room air include a dust filter.

Occlusion valve
The valve is activated when the sampling line becomes occluded. The main flow is diverted to the side
flow of the D-fend water trap to remove the occlusion quickly.

Sampling pump and damping chamber

The gas sampling pump is a membrane pump that is run by a brushless DC motor. Sample flow is
measured with a differential pressure transducer across a known restriction. The motor is
automatically controlled to maintain a constant flow, even when the D-fend water trap ages and starts
to get occluded. It also enables use of sample tubes with varying lengths and diameters.
The damping chamber is used to even out the pulsating flow and silence the exhaust flow.
NOTE: The flow is never reversed towards the patient.

ーーーー Room Air

= Fitter | ーー 一 一 |
oN
TT
Filter |

Occlusion Gas Outlet

Pump

Figure 6-21. Gas tubing layout

6-30
 Measurement Parameters

6.6.2 TPX measuring unit

The TPX unit is a non-dispersive infrared analyzer, measuring absorption of the gas sample at seven
infrared wavelengths, which are selected using optical narrow band filters. The IR lamp is a 4W
filament, surrounded by thermal isolation. A hole in the isolation passes the radiation to a conical,
4 mm long measuring chamber.
From the sample chamber, radiation goes into seven tubular light guides that have reflective inner
surfaces. A thermopile detector with an optical filter in front of it is at the other end of each light guide.
The temperature sensor measures the temperature of the TPX unit and is used for temperature
compensation.

Figure 6-22. TPX measuring unit

6.6.3 OM measuring unit and board

Oxygen measurement is based on paramagnetic susceptibility. The gas and the reference gas (usually
room air) are conducted into a gap in an electromagnet. A strong magnetic field is switched on and off
at a frequency of approximately 165 Hz. An alternating differential pressure is generated between the
sample and reference inputs due to forces acting on the oxygen molecules in a magnetic field gradient.
The pressure is measured with a sensitive differential transducer, rectified with a synchronous
detector, and amplified to produce a DC voltage proportional to the oxygen partial pressure difference
of the two gases.

Figure 6-23. OM measuring unit

OM board
The Oxygen board contains the specific electronics for the oxygen sensor. Sample flow measurement
and sampling system pressure sensors are on this board. It also contains EEPROMs that store
calibration data of both the IPX and OM sensors.

6-31
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.6.4 PVX measuring unit and board (Patient Spirometry, N-XV option)
NOTE: Never apply overpressure or negative pressure of more than 300 cmH,0 to the flow and volume
tubing. Differential pressure maximum is 25 cmH,0 on one port at a time (when connecting tubes, for
example).

Patient Spirometry provides patient respiration monitoring capabilities using D-lite and Pedi-lite flow
sensors. When Patient Spirometry is used, a special sensor (D-lite) replaces the normal airway
adapter in the patient circuit. Double lumen tubing is attached to the two connectors on the adapter
and on the monitor front panel.

Figure 6-24. PVX measuring unit

The measurement unit consists of airway connections, two pressure transducers, valves, and
preamplifiers. The preamplifiers connect to the A/D converter on the main monitor CPU.
Measurement is based on measuring the kinetic gas pressure and is performed using the Pitot effect.
A pressure transducer measures the Pitot pressure. The signal is linearized and corrected according to
the density of the gas. Flow speed is calculated from the pressure and TV is integrated from it.
The breathing flow of a patient passing through the D-lite adapter creates a pressure difference. This
pressure difference is measured by pressure transducer B1. Overpressure and negative pressure in
airways are measured by pressure transducer B2.

PVX board
The Spirometry board connects to the Oxygen board. It contains pressure sensors for airway pressure
and flow measurement differential pressure, and the preamplifiers for them. An EEPROM stores
spirometry calibration data.

6.6.5 Gas unit CPU board

The gas unit CPU board contains the processor, memory, and A/D converters that are common to the
whole unit. The board also contains TPX sensor preamplifiers and drivers for the valves, fan, pump,
and lamp. The unit connects to the module bus through an RS485 serial channel.

6-32
 Measurement Parameters

TPX Board CPU Board Ш

IR Thermopile Sensors Preamps |
Anes. X5| 一 ><_ =. |
Agents ON MUX |

N20 x2[ つ < ン and |

CO» >| Buffer o
a
| TSensorトー > — > 3
у 3
=
OM Board
[Sensor]
T Sensor 一 MUX 2CH |
MUX > and
Buffer » 16ADBit | Fm 80C196NT Driver iI
| |
PVX Board Flow Pressure |

Figure 6-25. Signal processing

Lamp Unit CPU Board Pneumatics unit |

| m 1amp < Valves

ーー | 때 Lamp Current I
E Sensing |
Fan
一] 5
MUX A/D a
and - 5
ВиНег v À 4 3
TT, =
Gas Press -— po A/D
iff | MUX R |
Diff Press — Temp Sensor | m CPU eset +
OM Board < 80C196NT Data
I

|
PVXBoard | PVA Valves 1

Figure 6-26. Control logic

TPX Board CPU Board ER

Correction data |
EEPROM | for amplification and offset |
OM Board of all amplification channels i

PR 77707 m
Factory calibration EEPROM | 2
data for OM and TPX PRON | 77 CPU __ | 85485 2το

80C196NT Driver | |

PVX Board AE |
Factory calibration | |
data for PVX [ eeprom | — |
= Ly

Figure 6-27. Calibration data stored in EEPROM

6-33
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6.7 NMT components

6.7.1 NMT board

The NMT circuit board consists of the following functional sections:

* Constant current stimulator.

* Measuring electronics for the EMG signals.

» Microprocessor
for stimulation and measurement control, and for counting measurement results.

= Serial communication.

The serial bus speed is 500 kbps and the bus itself is half duplex (data can be transferred in both
directions but only one way at a time).

Serial communication

NMT Board
Receive data |
5 KV | RS-485 o
9 q Receive data Send data Driver 8
떻 Send data » | | 2
3. Send/Receive Opto Isolation Send/Recei 5

三
et | Resetin 5
RS-485 3
Driver a.
Patient
Isolation

Figure 6-28. NMT serial communication and opto isolation

Stimulator
The constant current stimulator generates pulses whose amplitude is independent of the load. The
main components of the stimulator are a transformer, a capacitor and a transistor. The transformer
produces a high voltage which charges the capacitor and the transistor adjusts the pulse width and
amplitude of the current.

Power
— y supply

Current
80C196KD_
Constant
4 Adjustment |. PWM
current HSO
Current
generator
|

control o τε κν οσον

lo
Continuous
stimulation a
congestion

Figure 6-29. NMT stimulator block diagram

6-34
 Measurement Parameters

6.7.2 Front panel connector (NMT)

NMT connector PinNo. Signal

EMG signal +

OMAN =
EMG signal -
Not used
Stimulus +
Stimulus -
©
©

Ground
Not connected
LU

Sensor identification
OG

+5V
Mechanical signal
a
©

6.7.3 Module bus connector

3(0000000000000) 1
25 N000000000000/ 14

Pin No. 1/0 Signal

1 | RESET_RS485
2 | -15 VDC
3 | +15 VDIRTY
4 I +15 VDC
5 1/0 -DATA_RS485
6 1/0 DATA_RS485
了 - Ground & Shield
8 | -RESET_RS485
9 ㅣ CTSB
10 0 RTSB
11 | RXDB
12 0 TXDB
13 - Ground & Shield
14 I +32 VDIRTY
15 | GroundDIRTY
16 I CTSC
17 0 RISC
18 1 RXDC
19 0 TXDC
20 - ON/STANDBY
21 - PWM ECG
22 - RXDD RS232
23 - TXDD_RS232
24 | +5 VDC
25 | +5 VDC

6-35
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

6-36
 Contents

Chapter 7. Service Procedures

7.1 Generalseniceinformation............................................. 7-1
TOOIS e 7-2

7.2 Monitor software installation ........... ーー ИИ . 7-1

“Cold start” instructions seen 7-1
"Warm start” instructions A Re sns aser Pee 7-1

7.3 Replacement procedures. ................ ee 7-2

7.3.1 Disassemblingthe frame assemby ieri
7.1.2. Motherboard removal... iii ten ore eee dete nene eee
7.1.3 ECG, NIBP, and STP board replacement eee
NESTPR unit removal erener
ECG board replacement лилии
NIBPboardreplacement.....................................
STP board replacement ranné 이
7.1.4 Backplate Unit removal iii
7.1.5 Gas unit CPU board, pump, and fan replacement
Airway-gas unit removal... is
Gas unit CPU board replacement..
Pump unitreplacement...................
Fan replacement...........................
7.1.6 AC/DC unit replacement... ins
7.1.7: DC/DC board replacement sens
7.1.8 Recorder unit replacement...uns
7.19 Inverterboard and Backlight board replacement eeneenenne
Inverter board replacement ires nen een nen een tn
7.1.10 CPU battery replacement μμ... rar nararnneona
7.1.11 CPU board replacement oo... i
7.1.12 LCD display, LCD display backlight, and keyboard replacement............................ 1-7
LCD display removal ........... een 1-7
Replacing LCD display backjigRtS ss 7-7
Replacing the keyboard.................... 0” 0” cine 1-7
7.1.13 Enhanced pulse oximetry (N-XOSAT) or SpO, interface board replacement ......... 7-8
7.1.14 Nelicor pulse oximetry (N-XNSAT) or SpO, interface board replacement............... 1-9
7.1.15 NMT board or NMT cable assembly replacement eee nenene 7-9

7.4 Adjustmentsandcalibration.......................................... 7-10

7.4.1 Pressure safety-level detection "OFFSET" lira 7-10
7.4.2 NIBP calibration check arman 7-11
Usinga manometer to check NIBP calibration... es 7-11
7.4.3 NIBP calibration... eren 7-12
744 Temperature calibration......... --μμ-ἷ... 7-13
7.4.5 invasive pressure calibration...
nenene 1-13
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.4.6 General checks for gas system components... 7-14

Oxygen measuring (OM) unit
TPX measuring unit cu
PVX measuring unit inner
Gas unit CPU board... es
74.7 Gassamplingsystemleaktesi........................... emer 7-15
7.4.8 Flow rate checks and adjustments….....................
nete ooeno esa eev né 7-15
Fowratechecks..........................
eee ressama semasına 7-15
Flow rate adjustment sienne nete 7-15
7.4.9 Sprirometry leakage test and Calibration ee 7-16
7.4.10 Gas calibration... ee
Calibration adjustments des
Autozeroing intervals ire teta

Table of Figures
Figure 7-1. CPU battery replacement eee erener teta nene 7-6
Figure 7-2. SpO2 interface DO . . . . {1 qJg0.6.66 0.000 0000000008 1-8
Figure 7-3.NIBPboard..................................
ーー 7-10
Figure 7-4. Calibration SWitCh resen RES 7-12
Figure 7-5. Attaching the regulator ee 7-17
Figure 7-6. Connecting a sampling line and feeding gas... 7-17
 Service Procedures

7. SERVICE PROCEDURES

7.1 General service information

Field service of the Cardiocap/5 monitor is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards, mechanical parts,
or a real-time clock battery. Some boards may be returned to Datex-Ohmeda for exchange.

For service advice from Datex-Ohmeda, please provide the unit serial number, full type designation,
and a detailed fault description.

CAUTION: Only trained personnel with the appropriate tools and equipment shall perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this chapter. Unauthorized service may void warranty of the unit.

CAUTION: Electrostatic discharge through the PC boards may damage the components. Before
replacing PC boards, wear a static-contral wrist strap. Handle all PC boards by their non-conductive
edges and use anti-static containers when transporting them.

CAUTION: When reassembling the monitor, make sure all cables and tubing are reconnected properly
and are not pinched between other components.

7.2 Monitor software installation

“Cold start” instructions
Follow these installation instructions if the monitor has been off for more than 15 minutes:

1. Insert the service software PC card into the data card slot closest to the display.
2. Poweron the monitor. Both LEDs illuminate and the screen remains blank for approximately two
minutes while loading.
3. When the normal monitoring screen is displayed, remove the card.

“Warm start” instructions

Follow these instructions if the monitor has been off for less than 15 minutes:
1. Insert the service software PC card into the data card slot closest to the display.
2. To perform a factory reset, push the ComWheel and select:
Install/ Service (16-4-34)
Service (26-23-8)
Monitor
Factory Reset
Both LEDs illuminate and the screen remains blank for approximately two minutes while loading.
3. When the normal monitoring screen is displayed, remove the PC card.

7-1
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.3 Replacement procedures

NOTE: Reassembly is essentially the reverse of disassembly. When reassembling the unit, make sure
that the cables and tubes, if any, are not pinched between the boards.

Tools
= Screwdriver (pozidrive)
s Hexagon driver (3.0 mm)
e Pliers
= Cable tie

7.3.1 Disassembling the frame assembly

1. Remove the 4 hexagon and 13 pozidrive screws that hold the back cover.
2. To pull the front-cover unit apart from the inner-parts unit, remove the 4 screws that hold the front-
cover unit and the inner-parts unit together.
= Turn the monitor on its side and disconnect the NIBP and gas sampling line tubes.
NOTE: The foremost NIBP tube is connected to the upper NIBP connector. Notice the correct
order of the main stream and sidestream tubes. The Nafion™ tube connects to the outer
D-Fend connector.
» Disconnect all patient connector cables from the front panel.
= Disconnect 2 cables (blue flat cable and black 4-terminal cable) from the PVX board.
» Disconnect 3 flat cables and white network cable from the CPU board.
= Disconnect the power cable from the CPU board by pinching the retainers with a screwdriver.
* Disconnect the recorder power cable.
3. Lay the front cover unit so that the weight of the unit does not stress the ComWheel. Protect the
LCD screen from scratches.
NOTE: When reassembling the frame, be sure the gasket between the front cover and the back-cover
frame is placed properly.

CAUTION: When reassembling the monitor, make sure all cables and tubing are connected properly.

7.3.2 Mother board removal

The mother board is removed together with the metal bracket. The Mother board needs to be moved
out of the way to get access to the parts located in the inner-parts unit.

To remove the mother board, disconnect the following cables:

Disconnect the DC/DC-Mother board (red & black color) cable from the Mother board.
Nm

Disconnect the Battery- Mother board (red & black color) cable from the Mother board.
Disconnect the 1/0
- Mother board flat cable from the Mother board.
wo

Disconnect the |/O-CPU board flat cable from the CPU board.
ὃν

Disconnect the expansion unit-Mother board cable (if N-XNSAT, N-XOSAT, or NMT is installed).
の

Remove the 4 screws that hold the Mother board and the metal bracket to the inner-parts unit.
の

Twist straight the metal clamp that holds the Mother board on the inner-parts unit.
7. Move the Mother board with the metal bracket out of the way.

7-2
 Service Procedures

7.3.3 ECG, NIBP, and STP board replacement

The NESTPR unit must be removed before you can replace the ECG, NIBP, or STP boards.

NESTPR unit removal

You may separate the display from the frame to gain better access to the NESTPR unit, but it is not
necessary. To remove the unit without separating the display:
1. Disconnect the 5 patient-connector cables from the front panel.
Important: For reassembly, note the connection of temperature cable T1 (black wires) and, for
monitors with two temperature measurements, temperature cable T2 (yellow wires). T2 is not
connected for monitors that have only one temperature measurement.
2. Disconnect the NIBP tubes from the module.
NOTE: The foremost NIBP tube is connected to the upper NIBP connector.
3. Carefully lift the unit up.

ECG board replacement

1. Remove 4 screws from the ECG board and disconnect the flat cable from the STP board.
2. Detach the ECG board.

NIBP board replacement

1. To access the NIBP board, remove the ECG board.
2 Remove 4 screws from the corners ofthe NIBP unit.
| 3. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the EST board.
4 Disconnect the NIBP tubes from the adapter.
NOTE: Notice the correct tube connections; lower one to the tnner one.

5. Pull the NIBP board carefully out.

STP board replacement

1. Detach the ECG board.
2. Disconnect NIBP tubes from the both sides of the plastic strut. Remove the plastic strut carefully
from the NESTPR unit's frame.
3. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the STP board

Remove 4 screws from the corners of the STP board and detach the STP board.

7.3.4 Backplate unit removal

The backplate unit contains the fan, speaker, and I/O board
Remove the 3 screws that hold the backplate unit to the AC/DC unit.
PONT

Push the backplate unit forward and bend the retainers in both sides to loosen the unit.
Carefully pull out the backplate unit.
Disconnect the CPU-NET board cable from the 1/0 board.
Disconnect the fan power cable from the DC/DC board.
OI

To remove the sample gas outlet tube, unfasten the lock washer from the gas outlet connector
(X6) and pry the connector out ofthe cover.

7-3
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.3.5 Gas unit CPU board, pump, and fan replacement

The airway gas unit must be removed before you can replace the gas unit CPU board, the pump, or the
fan.

Airway-gas unit removal

Move the backplate unit out of the way to access the airway gas unit (see Backplate unit removal).
WNP

Unfasten the 3 screws and washers that hold the locking chock and remove the chock.
if installed, disconnect the hook-and-loop strap.
Disconnect the 2 tubes from the rear of the airway gas unit.
oF

Grip the airway gas unit and pull it out sideways.

Gas unit CPU board replacement

1. Remove 4 screws from the comers of the OM board.
2. Disconnect the following cables from the gas unit CPU board:
* pump cable
* pneumatics-unit cable
= fan cable
s TPX{R-lamp power cable
= TPX unit ribbon cables (both)
NOTE: Use pliers to disconnect ribbon cables from the gas unit CPU board. Be careful not to bend
the ribbon cable connectors.
Detach the gas unit CPU board from the OM board.
4. Afterreplacing the gas unit CPU board:
* Perform the sampling-system leak test.
= Perform the gas calibration.

Pump unit replacement

1. Remove the screw that holds the pump unit to the airway gas unit frame. (The screw is located
between the pump and the TPX unit.)
2. Disconnect the pump cable from the gas unit CPU board. Pass the cable under the pneumatic
unit by lifting it.
3. Liftthe pump unit off the frame.
4. Cut off the cable tie (Panduit) that holds the pump.
5. Unplug the pump hoses.

Fan replacement
NOTE: You need to detach the pump unit to access the fan power cable.
1. Detach the fan by carefully bending the fastening springs.
2. Disconnect the fan power cable from the CPU board.

7-4
 Service Procedures

7.3.6 AC/DC unit replacement

1. Remove the 3 screws that hold the AC/DC unit to the backplate unit.
2. Disconnect AC/DC-DC/DC cable from the DC/DC board.
3. Disconnect the ground wire.
4. Lift the AC/DC unit carefully up.

7.3.7 DC/DC board replacement

You may move the AC/DC unit out of the way first to improve access to the DC/DC board.
Disconnectthe DC/DC-AC/DC board cable from the DC/DC board.
Wn 는

Disconnectthe DC/DC-Motherboard (red & black color) cable from the Mother board.
Disconnectthe DC/DC-Battery cable from the DC/DC board.
Disconnect the Fan power cable from the DC/DC board.
お

Remove the 3 screws from the heat sink from the backside of the inner-part unit.
の

Remove the 6 screws that hold the board to the holder plate from the corners of the DC/DC board.
の

7.3.8 Recorder unit replacement

1, Press the recorder paper compartment release key on the front panel side.
2, Take the paper roll out.
NOTE: Be careful not to stain the thermal printer head.
Loosen the 2 screws in the bottom of the compartment.
Grab the recorder compartment and pull firmly.
NOTE: If the recorder unit is stuck in the frame, remove the recorder unit’s metal cover from the
backside of the front-cover unit and push the recorder out.

7.3.9 Inverter board and Backlight board replacement

1. Disconnect the CPU-Backlight board cable from the Backlight board.
2. Remove the 3 screws that hold the Backlight board to the front-cover unit.
3. Disconnect the Backlight-Inverter board cables (2 pieces) from the Inverter board.
4. Remove the Inverter and Backlight boards together.

Inverter board replacement

Remember to reassemble all the washers and the O-ring or nylon spacers. Be careful not to drive the
screws So tight that you break the Inverter board.

7-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.3.10 CPU battery replacement

八 CAUTION: Discard the lithium battery according to local regulations.

Before replacing the battery, determine the monitor software version. Look on the small sticker on the
rear of the monitor. The software version follows the dash after the part number (for example, in
898716-1.0, the monitor software is version 1.0; in 8987 16-2.4, it is version 2.4). If you cannot
determine the software version from the sticker, look at the Service View screen: Press the ComWheel
and select Monitor Setup - Install/ Service (16-4-34) - Service (26-23-8).
For version 1.0, you must upgrade to the latest monitor software (see the Spare Parts chapter).
For version 2.4 or earlier, after replacing the battery you must reconfigure the monitor and, if the
N-XNET or N-XDNET option is installed, load the N-XNET or N-XDNET software (see Spare Parts).
For version 2.5 orlater, replace the battery as described below.
Turn off the monitor and disconnect the power cord. Remove the cover. Use a screwdriver to
carefully detach the battery from the D12 circuit on the CPU board. Align and install the new
battery as shown below.

Figure 7-1. CPU battery replacement

Reassemble the monitor.

Tum on the monitor and enter the Service View screen: Press the ComWheel and select Monitor
Setup - Install/Service (16-4-34) - Service (26-23-8).
If your monitor software is version 2.5 or later, go to step 7 (perform a factory reset).
For version 2.4 or earlier, determine the frame (F-MX or F-MXG) and parameters for your monitor:
If your monitor frame is F-MXG (monitor with D-fend), select Modules - Gas Unit - General and
determine which parameters are available.
NOTE: p&V means the same as Spirometry in Module Configurations.
Return to the Service View screen, select Monitor - Configurations, and choose the Frame and
Set that correspond to your monitor.
* There are two F-MX configurations and twelve F-MXG configurations.
* CO, and N,0 are active at the same time (only CO, is shown in the Set configurations).
AA and ID are also active at the same time (only AA ts shown in the Set configurations).
if applicable, load the N-XNET or N-XDNET option.
оно

Perform a factory reset (from the Service View menu, select Monitor - Factory Reset).
Set the time and user configurations. See the User's Reference Manual.
Turn off the monitor for 5 minutes. Turn it on and check that the time and user configurations are OK.

7-6
 Service Procedures

7.3.11 CPU board replacement

Important: The new CPU board does not contain software or Network options. You must load the
software after you replace the board. Refer to the Spare Parts chapter.
1. Disconnect the following flat cables from the CPU board:
* CPU -REC cable
s CPU - ComWheel cable
= CPU - Keyboard cable
e CPU - Display board cable
2. Remove the 6 screws that hold the CPU board to the front-cover unit.
3. Carefully remove the CPU board.
After removing the CPU board, you can access the LCD display, backlights, and keyboard.

7.3.12 LCD display, LCD display backlight, and keyboard replacement

LCD display removal
1. To remove the CPU board (and access the LCD display), disconnect the following flat cables from
the CPU board:
s CPU-REC cable
= CPU - ComWheel cable
» CPU- Keyboard cable
* CPU - Display board cable
Then, remove the 6 screws that hoid the CPU board to the front cover unit and carefully remove
the board.
2. Remove the 2 screws that hold the display-adapter board.
NOTE: These two screws are not used if a foam backing is present.
3. Remove the 4 screws and nylon spacers that hold the LCD to the front-cover unit.
4. Liftthe LCD-display unit away.

Replacing LCD display backlights

After removing the LCD display, you can replace one or both of the two LCD display backlights.
1. Remove the 2 screws that hold the backlight holder and carefully lift the holder up.
2. Replace the backlight(s).

Replacing the keyboard

After removing the LCD display, you can replace the keyboard.
Important: For reassembly, note the location of each button before replacing the keyboard.
1. Remove the 6 screws that hold the keyboard to the front-cover unit.
NOTE: Buttons are loose and may fali as you remove the keyboard.
Replace the keyboard and reinstall the buttons in the correct locations.
3. Install the 6 screws that secure the keyboard to the front cover unit.

7-7
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.3.13 Enhanced pulse oximetry (N-XOSAT) or SpO, interface board replacement

1. Disconnect the Mother board cable from the SpO, interface board.
2 Remove the 3 screws that secure the assembly cover to the front panel.
3. Remove the 4 screws that secure the SpO, interface board to the assembly cover.
4 To remove the pulse oximetry board cover from the SpO, interface board, gently bend the tabs to
an upright position and lift the cover off.
5. Remove the 4 screws that secure the OSAT pulse oximetry board to the SpO, interface board and
gently lift to separate the boards.
Disconnect the OSAT board cable from the SpO, interface board.
7. Disconnect the connector board/cable assembly from the OSAT pulse oximetry board.

— 路

OSATO OSAT ©
NSATO
Header for
33 on OSAT board

ΠΠΠΠΠΠΗΗ CO
NSAT Connector OSAT Connector

NSATO NSAT ©
Jumper installed for OSAT
Jumper removed for NSAT
OSATO OSAT ©
Not used 一 可 |]

Figure 7-2. SpO; interface board

7-8
 Service Procedures

Installation notes (refer to figure 7-2):

* When installing the SpO, interface board, be sure the jumperfor OSAT is installed. Transfer
each standoff bushing from the old board to the new board at the four locations designated
“OSAT" in figure 7-2.
* When installing the OSAT board, connect the connector board/cable assembly to the OSAT
board and connect the OSAT board cable to the OSAT connector on the SpO, interface board.
Then, align the connector J3 pins on the OSAT board with the matching header on the SpO,
interface board. Gently press down to connect the two boards.

7.3.14 Nellcor pulse oximetry (N-XNSAT) or SpO, interface board replacement

1. Disconnect the Mother board cable from the SpO, interface board.
2. Remove the 3 screws that secure the assembly cover to the front panel.
3. Remove the 4 screws that secure the SpO, interface board to the assembly cover.
4 To remove the pulse oximetry board cover from the SpO, interface board, gently bend the tabs to
an upright position and lift the cover off.
Remove the 3 screws that secure the NSAT pulse oximetry board to the SpO interface board and
gently lift to separate the boards.
Disconnect the NSAT board cable from the SpO interface board.
Disconnect the connector board/cable assembly from the NSAT pulse oximetry board.
Installation notes (refer
to figure 7-2):
= When installing the SpO, interface board, be sure the jumper on the SpO, interface board is
not installed. Transfer each standoff bushing from the old board to the new board at the three
locations designated "NSAT" in figure 7-2.
» When installing the NSAT board, verify that a jumper is installed on J6 (and a jumper is not
installed on J5). If a jumperis installed on J5, remove it before installing the board. Then,
connect the connector board/cable assembly to the NSAT board and connect the NSAT
board cable to the NSAT connector on the SpO, interface board.

7.3.15 NMT board or NMT cable assembly replacement

1. Disconnect the Mother board cable from the NMT board (at the top of the NMT assembly located
inside the front panel).
Remove 3 screws that secure the NMT assembly to the front panel.
Remove the 4 screws that secure the NMT board to the assembly cover and remove the board.
Disconnect the NMT input board/connector cable from X2 and X3 on the NMT board.
NOTE: Replace the old NMT board or NMT cable assembly with the new one in the steps that
follow.
Connect theNMT input board/connector cable to the NMT board:
* Connect the 10-pin connector
to X2.
* Connect the 3-pin stimulus connector
to X3.
Position the NMT board in the assembly cover and install the 4 screws that secure it to the cover.
Position the NMT assembly over the front panel and install the 3 screws that secure it to the front
panel. Be sure the NMT shield is correctly positioned under the NMT board against the front panel.
Connect the Mother board cable to the NMT board.

7-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.4 Adjustments and calibration

You use service menus to perform procedures in this section. Once you have entered the Service View
menu, you can enter and exit the specific service menus at which you make the adjustments.

To enter the Service View menu, from which you access all other service menus:
1. Press the ComWheel and select Monitor Setup.
2. Select Install/ Service and enter the password (16-4-34).
3. Select Service and enter the password (26-23-8)
The Service View menu is displayed.
NOTE: Refer to the Service Menus chapter for illustrations and detailed explanations of the service
menus and screens.

7.4.1 Pressure safety-level detection "OFFSET"

The pressure safety-level adjustment trimmer is located on the NIBP board beside the calibration
protection gear wheel. To access the pressure safety-level adjustment trimmer, you must detach the
NIBP board from the NESTPR unit frame.

Tube to transducer B2

Timmer

Figure 7-3. NIBP board

Tools
* Troubleshooting extension cable (884298)

1. Connect the NIBP board to the NESTPR connector on the mother board using the troubleshooting
extension cable.
2. Switch onthe monitor.
To enter the NIBP Pneumatics menu from the Service View menu, select:
Modules
NIBP
Pneumatics

4. Apply 5 mmHg pressure to pressure transducer B2 with a precision manometer and adjust the
trimmer to change the ADS value on the screen from negative to positive.

7-10
 Service Procedures

7.4.2 NIBP calibration check

NIBP pressure measurement electronics are calibrated at the factory. The processor maintains zeroing
pressure automatically. If the zero point of the pressure transducer drifts more than specified, an error
message is given and the NIBP board should be recalibrated or replaced.

Checking the primary pressure channel calibration

1. To check the primary pressure channel calibration, press the NIBP key and select NIBP Setup to
open the NIBP Setup menu.
If an NIBP hose ts connected, disconnect it to expose atmospheric pressure to the pressure
transducers.
Select Calibration Check.
Autozeroing ts performed at start. The primary pressure is displayed. The zero-offset value should
be zero.
4. Reconnect the NIBP hose and pressurize to 200 mmHg.

Using a manometer to check NIBP calibration

1. To enterthe NIBP Calibration service menu from the Service View menu, select:
Modules - NIBP - Calibrations.
Set Calibration Check to ON.
Connect an external precision manometerto the NIBP connector.
Manually pump the following pressures to the NIBP tubing and check the difference between the
manometer and monitor pressure display for pressure channels B1 and B2:

Pressure Maximum Error Example

O mmHg + 9 mmHg (= zero offset) -2

100 mmHg 100 + zero offset + 2 mmHg 98+2

200 mmHg 200 + zero offset+ 3 mmHg 198 +2

if the error for pressure channel B1 is larger than specified above, recalibrate.
The error for pressure channel B2 may be twice as large because it does not effect blood pressure
measurement accuracy. When the B2 error is larger than specified above, however, recalibration is
recommended to ensure the best possible operation.

7-11
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.4.3 NIBP calibration

A hole in the middle of the monitor bottom plate provides access to a gear wheel for the Temperature and
NIBP calibration protection switches. Turning the gear whee! moves a slide that operates the switches.

CAUTION: Turning the gear wheel more than 1/4 turn can damage the calibration switch.

Calibrating switch
levers must be placed
in the slot of the slide.

Figure 7-4. Calibration switch

Detach the NIBP hoses from the front panel connector to enable proper zeroing.
To enter the NIBP Calibration service menu from the Service View menu, select
Modules - NIBP - Calibrations.

lf Protection is OFF and Calibration is highlighted, go to step 7. Otherwise, continue with step 4.
Place the monitor on its left side. Insert a medium-sized, flat-head screwdriver into the hole that
accesses the gear wheel for the calibration protection switches (see Figure 7-4).
Turn the gear wheel approximately 1/4 turn counterclockwise until Protection is highlighted on
the screen. Select Protection OFF and push the ComWheel.
Turn the gear wheel approximately 1/4 turn clockwise until Calibration is highlighted. The
"Calibration not protected” message appears in the NIBP digit field.
With Calibration highlighted, push the ComWheel to start the calibration. The "Zeroing” message
will appear. After successful zeroing, the pressure adjustment bar will appear.
Connect an external mercury manometer with pump to the NIBP connector through both tubes
of the hose (transducers B1 and B2 must be calibrated simultaneously). Pump up to about
200 mmHg pressure, according to the manometer, to the NIBP tubing. Calibration is possible
in the range of 150 to 300 mmHg.
Verify that both pressure values on the screen match the manometer reading. If not, adjust by
turning the ComWheel. When the values are equal, push the ComWheel to confirm the calibration.
When the calibration data has been saved, the "Calibrated" message will appear.
10. Place the monitor on its left side. Insert a medium-sized, flat-head screwdriver into the hole that
accesses the gear wheel for the calibration protection switches (see Figure 7-4).

7-12
 Service Procedures

11. Turn the gear wheel approximately 1/4 turn counterclockwise until Protection is highlighted.
Choose Protection ON and push the ComWheel. Turn the gear wheel approximately 1/4 turn
clockwise until Calibration and Protection become faint.
12. Perform the NIBP calibration check (earlier in this chapter) to verify the new calibration.

7.4.4 Temperature calibration

Always calibrate the temperature:
* When measured test values deviate more than + 0.1 ºC.
e After replacing the STP board.

NOTE: 25 °C and 45 °C test plugs are needed for the temperature calibration.

Tools
e Temperature calibration test plugs, 25 °C and 45 °C (884515)

1. To enter the STP Calibrations service menu from the Service View menu, select
Modules - ESTP: STP - Calibrations

2. Place the monitor on its left side. Insert a medium-sized, flat-head screwdriver into the hole that
accesses the gear wheel for the calibration protection switches (see Figure 7-4).

CAUTION: Turning the gear wheel more than 1/4 turn can damage the calibration switch.

3. Turn the gear wheel approximately 1/4 turn counterclockwise until Protection is highlighted on
the screen. Select Protection OFF and push the ComWheel.
4. Turn the gear wheel approximately 1/4 turn clockwise to highlight Calibrate T1 and choose
Calibrate T1 (or highlight Calibrate T2 and choose Calibrate T2).
5. Insert a calibration plug (25 °C) into the appropriate connector (T1 or T2). Push the ComWheel.
Remove the plug and insert a calibration plug (45 °C) into the same connector. Push the ComWheel.
7. Toreset the protection, turn the gear wheel approximately 1/4 turn counterclockwise until
Protection is highlighted. Select Protection ON and push the ComWheel. Turn the gear wheel
approximately 1/4 turn clockwise until Calibration and Protection become faint.

7.4.5 invasive pressure calibration

Calibrate invasive pressure when the pressure transducer (probe) is replaced with a different type of
transducer and when the STP board is replaced.
1. To enter the ESTP : STP Calibrations service menu from the Service View menu, select
Modules - ESTP : STP - Calibrations

Connect a pressure transducer

to the P1/P2 connector.
은 ON

Choose Calibrate P1 or Calibrate P2.

Expose the transducer to ambient pressure.
Push the ComWheel to start zeroing.
の の

Connect a pressure manometer with a pump to the transducer dome. Pump a pressure of
100 mmHg to 300 mmHg to the transducer. The recommended pressure is 200 mmHg.
7. Turnthe ComWheel to adjust the pressure on the display to match the pressure reading on the
manometer, then push the ComWheel. A tolerance of + 1 mmHg is allowed.
The “Calibrated” message will be displayed.

7-13
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.4.6 General checks for gas system components

These faults can occur in the sampling system:
« Leaks or blockages in the tubing.
= Sampling pump or magnetic valves failure.
s Diminished flow rates because of dirt accumulation in the internal tubing.

The following checks should help in localizing the fault. Whenever you suspect the sampling system
and always after you work on the sampling system, check and (if necessary) adjust the flow rate.

CAUTION: The special internal sample tube is mechanically fragile. Sharp bends will cause teaks.

Oxygen measuring (OM) unit

CAUTION: Because of the complex and sensitive construction of the oxygen measuring unit, no repairs
should be attempted inside the unit. If a fault is found in the measuring unit, the entire airway gas
measurement unit should be replaced. Send the faulty unit to Datex-Ohmeda for repair.

In cases of no response to O, or strong drift, check the tubing for loose connections, blockages, and
leaks.

CAUTION: To avoid permanent damage to the pressure transducer, never apply overpressure to the
oxygen measuring unit.

If the O. signal is noisy, check the measurement unit suspension.

TPX measuring unit

lf liquid enters the TPX measuring unit due to the faiture of the water trap filter, contact Datex-Ohmeda
Technical Services.

CAUTION: The TPX measuring unit can only be calibrated and repaired at the factory. In case of failure,
the entire airway gas unit should be replaced and sent to Datex-Ohmeda for repair.

PVX measuring unit

The PVX unit can be replaced in case of failure.

NOTE: Never apply overpressure or negative pressure of more than 300 cmH,0 to the flow and volume
tubing. Also never apply differential pressure of more than 25 mmHg on one PVX connection at a time.

Gas unit CPU board

Due to the complexity of the large-scale integrated circuitry, few faults in the CPU digital electronics
can be located without special equipment. Check only that socketed ICs are properly installed.

7-14
 Service Procedures

7.4.7 Gas sampling system leak test

1. To enter the Gases service menu from the Service View menu, select
Modules - Gas Unit - Gases

2. Prevent the monitor from performing the normal occlusion functions, such as controlling the
valves, by turning the pump OFF, then ON again from the menu.
3. Open the rear cover and block the reference gas connector.
Connect a flow cassette with high-flow resistance (50/1.1) to the end of the sampling line.
5. Check the Amb-Work value that is displayed. When the value exceeds 170 mmHg, connect the
other port of the flow cassette to the sample-gas-out connector and switch the pump off.
6. Wait until pressure inside the sampling system stabilizes, then check the Amb-Work value. The
value, or pressure inside the sampling system, should not drop more than 6 mmHg in one minute.
7、 fthe pressure drops more, first ensure the connections you have made and then repeat the test.

7.4.8 Flow rate checks and adjustments

NOTE: Let the monitor run for 15 minutes before measuring flow rates.
A flowmeter with a low flow resistance and that is capabte of measuring low flow rates is required for
measuring flow rates. À sampling line of normal length must be connected to the monitor, as its length
has a considerable affect on the flow.
if any flow rates are not correct, replace the D-fend water trap. Then, recheck the incorrect flows.

Flow rate checks

You check and adjust the sampling flow rate from the Gases service menu.
1. To enter the Gases service menu from the Service View menu, select
Modules - Gas Unit - Gases

Wait untilthe Sample Flow value shown in the Gases service menu is near 200 ml/minute.
Connect a flowmeter to the 3-meter sampling line (use a 2-meter line for the N-XCAiO and N-XV
options). Check that the sample flow reading on the flowmeter is within 180-220 ml/minute.
4. Connect the flowmeter to the reference gas connector on the front panel to check the reference
flow of the oxygen measuring unit. Check that the reference flow reading on the flowmeter is within
31 to 45 ml/minute.

Flow rate adjustment

NOTE: Before adjusting the sampling flow, make sure there are no leaks in the sampling system.

To adjust the sampling flow rate:

1. Inthe Gases service menu, select Sample gain adj.
2. Turn the ComWheel counterclockwise to increase the sampling flow (clockwise to decrease). A
0.050 change in the Gain value changes the flow by approximately 10 ml/minute.
3. After you change the gain, wait until the Sample Flow value on the screen is near the original.
Then, check that the sample flow (flowmeter reading) is within 180-220 ml/minute.
4. Inthe service menu, set the Zero valve to ON. The Sample Flow value should not change more
than 20 ml/minute (30 ml/minute if the absorber is connected).
5. After adjusting the sample flow rate, connect the flowmeterto the reference gas tube. Check that
the reference flow of the oxygen measuring unit (flowmeter reading) is within 31 to 45 ml/minute.
This flow rate is not adjustable.

7-15
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

7.4.9 Spirometry leakage test and calibration

1. To enter the Spirometry service menu from the Service View menu, select
Modules - Gas Unit - Spirometry.
2. Connect a spirometry tube to the monitor front pane! connector. Connect a D-lite sensor to the
tube.

Spirometry leakage test

3. Block the D-lite sampling line port with, for example, a luer stopper.
4. Grasp the D-lite and tightly occlude both ends, using your fingers or both hands to create pressure
inside the D-lite.
Check that the Aw Pressure value on the Service Data screen is near 5 cmH20.
* Fora heavy leak, no pressure will be generated.
= Forasmall leak, a pressure difference is measured, interpreted as flow, and displayed on the
screen. The pressure waveform (Aw Pressure value) decreases slowly. The flow waveform
(Flow value) goes above or below the zero line, depending on which connector is leaking.
If a leak is present, check all connectors and try again.
Unblock the D-lite sampling line port.

Spirometry calibration
The PVX measuring unit is calibrated at the factory. Spirometry calibration is not regularly needed in
routine clinical use, but is recommended each year as part of the Planned Maintenance procedures.
Perform the calibration with adult values using the D-lite and with pediatric values using the Pedi-lite.
Use a calibration pump or a spirometry tester (884202). Readings are observed and adjusted from
the Spirometry Service Data screen. Calibration values are saved to the EEPROM on the PVX board.
To improve accuracy, the endotracheal tube and all accessories normally in use should be attached
during the calibration.
8. Connect a sampling line to the sampling line port on the flow sensor (D-lite or Pedi-lite).
9. Attach a 1-liter calibrated syringe (spirometry tester) to the flow sensor.
10. in the Spirometry service menu, select Zero PVX to zero the flow.
11. Select the Sensor Type (adult for D-lite or pediatric for Pedi-lite).
12. Pump air in, simulating a normal breathing rate, until the readings stabilize.
13. Observe the tidal volumes (TVol Exp and TVol Insp values). If both values are 1000 ml +6% (D-lite)
or 300 ml +6% (Pedi-lite), calibration is not needed.
14. If calibration is needed, adjust the Exp Flow Gain and Insp Flow Gain values in proportion to the
difference between the measured values and the spirometry tester reading:
* Select Exp Flow Gain, continue to pump air in, and turn the ComWheel to increase or
decrease the gain until the TVol Exp reading is within the specified range. Press the
ComWheel to store the adjusted value.
* Select insp FLow Gain, continue to pump air in, and turn the ComWheel to increase or
decrease the gain until the TVol Insp reading is within the specified range. Press the
ComWheel to store the adjusted value.

7-16
 Service Procedures

7.4.10 Gas calibration

Perform a gas calibration every 6 months or whenever there are indications of errors in the gas
readings. The time of the last calibration is shown near the bottom of the Gas Calibration menu.

Gas calibration is not available during the first five minutes of monitoring and during a gas sampling
warning.

NOTE:
* During gas calibration, % units are always used for CO» regardless of selected measuring units.
e Anesthetic agent is always calibrated with Desflurane.

Calibration equipment and use

e Use only Datex-Ohmeda calibration gas to calibrate the gas measurement. Otherwise, the
calibration will not succeed.
* The calibration gas container may be used until the pressure indicator reaches the red zone.
* lf separate gas containers are used, each gas must be calibrated separately.
= if you use an older brass regulator, the feeding pressure should be adjusted between 5 and 7 psi.
The use of an old regulator with the new aerosol containers requires an adapter available from
Datex-Ohmeda. For ordering details, see the Datex-Ohmeda Supplies and Accessories Catalog.
NOTE: The calibration procedure for Critical Care and Anesthesia monitors is the same except that
users of Critical Care monitors select Ventilation (not Airway Gas) from the Parameters menu.
1. Power on the monitor, For maximum accuracy, let the monitor warm up for 30 minutes.
2. Attach the regulator to the gas container.

Figure 7-5. Attaching the regulator

3. Attach a new sampling line to the water trap. Connect the loose end of the sampling line to the
regulator on the gas container.

Figure 7-6. Connecting a sampling line and feeding gas

7-17
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

4. Toenter the Gas Calibration menu, press the ComWheel and select Parameters - Airway Gas.
The Gas Calibration menu item remains gray (inactive) until the ‘Calibrating gas sensor message
is no longer displayed.
5. Select Gas Calibration.
Wait until the ‘Zero ok’ and then ‘Feed gas’ messages appear on the screen after each gas.
If the ‘Zero error’ message is displayed, press the Normal Screen key and repeat the calibration
procedure. If the problem persists, the unit may require service.
7. Open the regulator and feed the calibration gas until ‘Adjust’ appears, then close the valve.
NOTE: When the monitor is in automatic agent ID mode and it detects a calibration gas and no
anesthetic agent (when using the Datex-Ohmeda Quick Cal calibration gas, for example), the ‘Cal
gas found’ message is displayed. If the identification sensor fails, the ‘Agent id inop’ message is
displayed.
8. Check that the displayed gas values match the values on the calibration gas container.

Calibration adjustments
Calibration adjustments may be required if the gas values displayed during calibration do not match
the values on the calibration gas container.

If adjustments are required:

Airway Gas 1. Select Gas Calibration in the Airway Gas menu.
2. Turn the ComWheel to highlight the first gas to be
Gas Calibration
adjusted and press the ComWheel.

co2 [500 | 3. Turn the ComWheel until the displayed value matches
02 52.1A| 10.00 the desired value. Press the ComWheel to confirm the
N20 314A adjustment.

Agent 2.60 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for each gas.

Previous Menu

Last calibration:
o 0

Е to match
calibration gas.

Autozeroing intervals
Autozeroing intervals after startup are as follows: every 5 minutes for the first 15 minutes, then every
15 minutes for the next 45 minutes, and every hour thereafter. Autozeroing may also occur after agent
selection.

7-18
 Contents

Chapter 8. Service Menus 8-1

8.1 Introduction.. .4 8-1

8.2 EnteringtheSeniceViewmenu........................................ 8-1

8.21. Service View menu and data inner 8-2
8.2.2 Service menu SHUCUTE kemere 8-3

8.3 Monitor menu.............. ccc. cccceccccecccncnecccccecccctececsureueesasens 8-4

8.3.1. Voltages menu and data eee eee earn rnrn MON 8-4
8.3.2 Communication menu and data eee eee eee nenene 8-5
Communication - Remote ACceSs mienu ie 8-6
8.13 Configuration menu een 8-7
8.1.4 Watchdog Tests MENU... emer 8-8
8.1.5. Country Settings menu - 8-9

8.4 Keyboard menu and data............................................. 8-10

Service Data screen nee ek 8-10

8.5 Modules menu issues 8-11

8.6 Gas Unit menu... is 0 K ee an nK 8-12

8.6.1 General menu and dATA een 8-12
General Service Data SCfeen em 8-12
8.6.2 Gases menu and data... enanas 8-13
GasesSemwiceDalascreen................. mn 8-13
8.6.3 Spirometry menu and data eee nenene 8-14
Sptrometry calibratton an 8-15
SprOmety Service Dat8 SCreGH a 8-15

8.7 ESIP:ECGsericemenuanddata................................... 8-16

Service Data Screen Lier 8-16
8.7.1 ECO SR MU e aaa 8-17

8.8 ESTP:STPsermicemenuanddata................................... 8-18

Service Data screen ara 8-18
8.8.1 SIP Calibrations MENU LL ire nenene 8-19

8.9 NIBPsenicemenu,data,andchecks............................... 8-20

Service Data Screen LL rennes 8 20
8.9.1. NIBP DEMO MENU amaaa 8-21
8.92 NIBP Calibration MENU mann 8-22
Active leak LBSL или, 8-22
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.9.3 NIBP Safety Valve menu and däta n 8-23

Safety Valve Data SCfeen n
Safety valve test (adult/infant) e
8.9.4. NIBP Pulse ΕΠΕ”. 8-24
Pulse Valve Data screen... eee arranco 8-24
Pulse valve teSt -.... 8-24
8.9.5. NIBP Buttons/Leds menu and data... nannoos 8-25
Buttons/Leds Data screen... i 이 8-25
8.9.6 NIBP Pneumatics menu and data ienes aeee 8-26
Pneumatics Data screen aa 8-26
Watchdog BEEP check
Interval 20 mmHg -> 185 MMH check... no 8-27
8.9.7. NIBP Watchdog menu and data in 8-27
Watchdog Data screen see sun 8-27
Watchdog timer tests (adult and infant)... rei 8-27

8.10 NMT menu and data ee nen 8-28

NMI Service Data screen... en 8-28
αμ Πα ο cc 8-30

8.11 M-NSAT menu and data (N-XNSAT or N-XOSAT options) ......... 8-31

8.12 More Модше$ тепи............ eee een 8-32

8.12.1 Memory Module menu and Module Status Чаца............. лилии 8-33
Module Status SCCM ais 8-33

8.13 Service Log menu...................................

eee nn
ErorHistoy.............. emen -3!
Event History .....
Alarm History...onen

Table of Figures
Figure 8-1. Service menu structure -ἷἷιιιιι---.. 8-3
 Service Menus

8. SERVICE MENUS

8.1 Introduction
This chapter contains illustrations and descriptions of the service menus that are accessed from the
Service View menu. You use the service menus to check monitor functions and troubleshoot during
possible failures.

The Cardiocap/5 service menu structure is similarto the service menu structure used in other Datex-
Ohmeda monitors. As a result, some items in the menus are not used in the Cardiocap/5. The service
data values displayed in the menu illustrations may differ depending on the monitor configuration.
NOTE: There is no service menu for the recorder (N-XREC option).

8.2 Entering the Service View menu

To enter the Service View menu:

1. Press the ComWheel and select Monitor Setup.

2. SelectInstall/Service and enter the password (16-4-34).

3. Select Service and enter the password (26-23-8).

Monitor Setup

Monitor Setup Install/Service

Screen Setup EJ Trends & Snapshot 同

Sweep Speeds El Colors {2

Select Mode Г] Save Modes Ej
Time and Date 13] installation EJ
Display Brightness 100% | Service[ο

Install/Service | 20 Previous Menu

Main Menu

(O ©
Give password. Give password.

8-1
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.2.1 Service View menu and data

Service View! Sw version / Unit id

Modules
Carias = outlaader Software
i EEE
Rag Vers CPU serial nbr:
0DU00015 :
Record Vers CPU test date: code: level: -------
， 1999-12-07 0895196 O01
Frevious Heru PLD level:

Configuration:
Mode] #14
Keyboard 1

?
Keyboard 2
?
E È

-More-

Scroll Vers Select this option, then turn the ComWheel to scroll the field on the right side.
-More- indicates there are more lines to be viewed.
Record Vers Prints the software versions and other information on the recorder paper.

Sw version / Unit id screen

The field on the right shows the monitor software version, serial number (not in illustration), monitor
configuration, and the release dates of different parts of the monitor. It also Shows control numbers of
measuring boards and serial numbers of measurement units (if available).

8-2
 Service Menus

8.2.2 Service menu structure

NOTE: Menu items marked with * are not used in Cardiocap/5.

| Service View |

НЕ мя トー wwws|
一 Configuration |

| Country Settings

—— Keyboard }——{ Keyboard Type * | | © General |

es |.čs トト cases |
—| spiromety|
し | gpee トー 66500|
— ESPSP |__ Calbrations |
TP 나 |
ae |
Jl Sea
He | |
| Butons/teds

A Preumatios |
一 Watehdog |
e トー Nursewp |
e
— More Modules | - © Ballery * |

Memory Module. |
}

レー Service Log |

Figure 8-1. Service menu structure

8-3
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.3 Monitor menu

To enter this service menu from the
Service View menu, select Monitor.
Monitor
Voltages
lo Mer em
Configuration
Watchdog Tests
Factory R
Country Settingsq
Previous Manu

| -Mare- |

Factory Reset —_ Restores factory default settings and clears data memories. Select this option if
monitor software ts replaced or if the SRAM/Timekeeper IC or its battery is replaced.

8.3.1 Voltages menu and data

Voltaces To enter this service menu from the Service
9 Supply Voltages View menu:
Previous Menu Val tages 1 Select Monitor.
HP に ¿5
2. Select Voltages.
|

PEL 55
UNO
tetera ποπ

Le
Dr 92
+15vĎ „24
UN

SE „05
-15Y ㆍ 05
+2, SYREF 32
00 .

TEMP
BATYOLT ES
a

VO/TEHP OK
CHG ON

Dsyric test count O

ala ale
μα ge. 15va gy-

Voltages Voltages measured by the CPU board. These values are used during the planned
maintenance and service checks to check each supply voltage. The numbers shown
here are directive only. lo pet accurate voltage values these must be measured
according to the instructions for the Planned Maintenance Check ta chapter 3.

Temp ( C) The internal temperature measured hy the temperature sensor an the DC/DC board.

8-4
 Service Menus

8.3.2 Communication menu and data

This service menu shows information about external communication.
A ; To enter this service menu from the
Communication Network Service View menu:
Netuork E Cs i af 1. Select Monitor.

2. Select Communication.

Previous; Nenu

Connectians

Network (with N-XNET or N-XDNET option) Shows information about communication with the
Datex-Ohmeda Network.
* Statistics In shows the number of received data packets and data bytes
» Statistics Out shows the number of transmitted data packets and data bytes.

* Data errors shows the number of received erroneous data packets.

Computer If. Shows information about communication through the 1/0 board RS-232 serial
connector (X2).

Interface status shows whether the interface through the connector is opened,
active, or closed.
* Opened indicates that the hardware and software for the interface is running
but there is no connection, or that there have been errors in using the interface.
* Active indicates that the interface Is operating normally.
* Closed indicates that the necessary hardware is not present.

8-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Communication - Remote Access menu

Use the Remote Access menu to set the interface with an external PC that runs the Virtual Support"
software, a service tool for remote diagnostics.

To enter this service menu from the

Service View menu:
1. Select Monitor.
2. Select Communication.
Tranen. 3. SelectRemote Access.

Querrun
|

Select access more for

remote operations.

Access Mode When set to Normal (the default), the PC can only read service menu data from the
monitor.

When set to Extended (future option), the PC can also activate the monitor's service
menu functions.

NOTE: Patient monitoring is not possible when Extended is selected. The Access
Mode returns to Normal if the monitor is restarted or if the service menu is closed.

8-6
 Service Menus

8.3.3 Configuration menu

Monitor | To enter this service menu from the Service View menu:
1. Select Monitor.
Configurat ion 2. Select Configuration.
Frame MSG
set

Network: Net
Previous Menu

Frame Chooses the correct frame configuration: F-MX or F-MXG.

Set Chooses the parameter configuration that corresponds to the monitor hardware. The
lower part of the menu screen shows the parameters included in each set.
Network Shows the network setting for the monitor:
+ -Network (Net)

* Network and DataCard (Nett DC)

= Neither (NONE)

8-7
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.3.4 Watchdog Tests menu

To enter this service menu from the Service View menu:
ito
Monitor 1. Select Monitor.
Watchdog Tests 2. Select Watchdog Tests.
+
Watchdog |
a

asd
WD tros UEL
Rio
Previous Menu

Watchdog This test ensures that the watchdog functions properly. This test shows running
seconds with an accuracy of 0.1 seconds.
When the safety element is working properly, the monitor restarts 1.5 seconds after
the start of the test.

In case of a malfunction, >20 s is displayed and the test will interrupt. In this case,
the fault is in the safety element on the CPU board.
WD by Overload = This test ensures the functionality of a feature in which the software controls the
monitor and detects an overload situation in the main CPU.

When the feature is working properly, the monitor will restart 15 seconds after the
start of the test.
WD by UPI Not used in Cardiocap/5.

WD by GSP Not used in Cardiocap/5.

8-8
 Service Menus

8.3.5 Country Settings menu

Monitor To enter this service menu from the Service View menu:
1. Select Monitor.
Country Settings 2. Select Country Settings.
Erg
Nene | None
Paver Frequency SC Hz Germany
Tire Format 24 th Francs
Frey ous Menu

Select national requirements

af the software features

|
Language Sets the language used in this monitor.

National Reqs Sets specific software features to fulfill national requirements in Germany or
France.

Power Frequency Sets the power frequency (50 Hz or 60 Hz). This setting is used to filter out possible
power frequency interference from the parameter measurements.
Time format Sets the time format of the real-time clock (24 1/12 Π).

8-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.4 Keyboard menu and data

The Keyboard menu is used to test the alarm indicator LEDs and function keys.
, | To enter this service menu from the
Keyboard Service Data | Service View menu, select Keyboard.
Unper Led
NS
Dummy Press
A
Previgus Meru
Ch
Screen
Help E E Monitor
к Trends Setup

Patient Pulse * Others

Data κα

Control wheel
Er |
O Counterclockwise

Upper Led Checks upper alarm indicator LED (red).

Lower Led Checks tower alarm indicator LED (yellow).
Dummy Press Tests the function keys. See the deseription for Direct action keys below.

Keyboard Type Notused in Cardiocap/5.

Service Data screen

Service Data counts whenever a function is selected.

* LEDs upper and LEDs lower—indicate stale of Silence Alarms LEDs.

= Direct action keys— items change their color when the corresponding function key is pressed. If
the color does not change, the key may be mechanically damaged. Only the following checks are
used in Cardiocap/5: Silence Alarms, Trends, ECG, NIBP, and Normal Screen.

e Control wheel. Press counts when the ComWheel is pushed. Clockwise and Counterclockwise
count when the ComWheel is turned.

NOTE: Counters in this page are automatically zeroed when you return to the previous menu.

8-10
 Service Menus

8.5 Modules menu

To enter this service menu from the
Service View version / Unit id Service View menu, select Modules.
Modules
gas unit | &

ESTR : STE
PPT
PP B
MM
NIBP 8
HHT
H-NSAT
More modules
Previous Menu
-Nore-

The modules menu provides access to the measurement parameter menus used for the Cardiocap/5:

Gas Unit

ESTP : ECG
ESTP: SIP

NIBP

NMT

M-NSAT (for N-XNSAT or N-XOSAT pulse oximetry option)

More Modules

Each of these menus and screens are illustrated and described in the sections that fallow.

NOTE: The P/PT, PP, and COP selections in the Modules menu are not used in Cardiocap/5.
 Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.6 Gas Unit menu

10 access this menu from the Service View menu:
Modules
1. Select Modules.
Gas Unit
2. Select Gas Unit.
General | B

8.6.1 General menu and data

To access this menu from the Service
General | Service Data View menu:
KAS Module configuration 1. Select Modules.
CO? o Ρο κ. 2. Select Gas Unit.
1 1 1 о 1 i
3. Select General.

not available
available

Timgouts
Bad checksum 또
Bad c-s by m

General Service Data screen

Module configuration
Shows the available measurement options (the measurement options that are detected by the
measurement unit).

Timeouts. Bad checksums. and Bad c-s by mod are cumulative numbers that indicate the following:

= Timeouts. how many times the measurement

unit did not respond to an inquiry from the CPU,

* Bad checksums: how many times communication from the measurement unit to the CPU
broke down.

* Bade-sbymod how many communication

errors the measurement
unit detected.

8-12
 Service Menus

Counting starts at power on and is reset to zero at power off. Nonzero values do not indicate a
fallure, but continuous counting (more than 50 per second) indicates a serial communication
failure. Also, other measurement units can cause these numbers to rise.

8.6.2 Gases menu and data

S + To access this menu from the
Gases ervice Service View menu:
calibrate Il E a 1. Select Modules.
Noise Meas 2. Select Gas Unit.
Sample gain aj 3. Select Gases.

epi as bc

GCC
Fall time Maas

L MÁ
Pump ctrl
Zero valve ctr! sample Flow 201.4 Z 1.2 ménin
Gain
Decl valve ctr]
Ampient FS Ht Soe a A ll
Record Data --- ba -— M3
Previous Menu
Pump ON я 9625
Lanp ON ® 1050
Fan Ch
Zero valve MEAS 059 valve
Temp ТРА 22.6 CPU 30.9 OM 27,
Time after power on CR TES

Calibrate ID Not used in Cardiocap/5.

Noise Meas Activates the noise measurement.

Sample gain adj Adjusts the sampling pump gain (that is, adjusts the sample flow
measurement.
Fall time Meas Activates the fall time measurement.

Pump ctrl Sampling pump manual control.

Zero valve ctrl Zero valve manual control.

Occl valve ctri Occlusion valve manual control.

Record Data Prints the shown service data and board information (id. serial number and
software id.) onto the optional recorder, N-XREC.

Gases Service Data screen

0: C0,, N,0, AA % tield—real-time concentrations.

noise-% field--standard deviation of concentration.

0,, CO,, N,0, AA MV field—signal is scaled to mV.

channels A-E Gain field- user gain scaled as (User gain}/ (Factory gain).

ID Shows the identified agent.

ID unrel. The shown value tells how unreliable the identification is. With pure agent the
value ts normally 50.

8-13
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Sample Flow Calculated from differential pressure and adjusted by the measurement unit.
Zero 一Value aS measured during initialization when the pump is off.
Gain—sample flow measurement can be calibrated by adjusting the gain.
Ambient Ambient pressure is measured every 30 min.
Amb-Work Ambient pressure—sampling system internal pressure.

Fall time CO, and O, in ms. For N,0 and AA, same as CO...
C0,-0, Delay in ms. No delay between CO,, N,0, and agents.
Pump Can be toggled ON/OFF.
PWM output 0-100% is shown. Pump voltage ts also shown.
Lamp The state, PWM control, and current of the lamp are shown.
Fan The state of the fan is shown.
Zero and Occl valve Can be toggled between measurement state (MEAS) and zeroing/occiusion
states (ZERO/OCCL).
Temp Temperatures measured by the measurement unit fram TPX, CPU, and OM.
Time after power on Elapsed time in minutes after power on.

8.6.3 Spirometry menu and data

To access this menu from the Service
Spirometry Service Data Vi tew menu:

Sensor Type RU Preş

Pres Özin
¿ 1. Select Modutes.
EN]
zero PYK
Flowultzero Exp 2. Select Gas Unit
Exp Flow Gain âd insns
Gain
tam
n
2054
Common Offset 3. Select Spirometry.
LOS Flaw Gain Val LES HEAS
ze ensbled
Valves
DE) Pressure] cnH203 0.0
VCO? Gain
-
Ref, Condition BTPS
lA
Conv. factor 0.073
Y deadspace κο 017 0.987
Flo ¡NU
N2 injection
TVol Esp
Tvol Insn
Record Data MYol Exp
Myal Irsp
Previous Menu yeR2_ 6sain
v02 Gain i
Y desdsnace (ml)
N2 injection
ambient press (mah)

Sensor Type Selects Adult or Pediatric.

Zero PVX Starts Zeroing the pressure sensors. Effects Aw Pres Zero and Flow Zero values.
Exp Flow Gain Adjusts the exp flow sensor gain.
Insp Flow Gain Adjusts the insp flow sensor gain.
Valves Selects Measurement or Zeroing.

VC02 бат Adjusts the VCO9 gain,

8-14
 Service Menus

V02 Gain Adjusts the VO) gain.

Y deadspace Adjusts the Y-deadspace.

N2 injection Selects On (1) or Off (0); setting is zero (0) during normal operation.
Record Data Prints the shown service data and board information (id. serial number and
software id.) to the recorder (N-XREC option).

Spirometry calibration
Spirometry calibration is not needed in routine clinical use, but is recommended as part of the yearly
Planned Maintenance procedures. Use a calibration pump or spirometry tester to check the
calibration. Check the TVol Exp and TVol Insp readings on the Spirometry Service Data screen and, if
calibration is needed, adjust the flow gains accordingly. Gain scaling is 1.000 when factory settings
are in effect. Calibration values are sent to the measurement unit during adjustment.
When you select Exp Flow Gain, Insp Flow Gain, VCO2 Gain, VO2 Gain, Y deadspace, or N2
injection, a box for adjusting the value appears. Tuming the Comwheel adjusts the value. Pressing the
ComWheel permanenily stores the adjusted value in the measurement unit's EEPROM.

Spirometry Service Data screen

Aw Press Zero and Flow Zero are the result of zeroing in the user Service menu. They can be
adjusted in the factory calibration menu, but not permanently stored.

Aw Press Gain is the value used in the software. It can be adjusted, but not permanently stared.

Adult (or Pediatric) sensor according to selected measurement mode (sensor).

Exp Gain and Insp Gain apply to the selected sensor. Exp and Insp Flow Gains are scaled as
(user gain)/(factory gain). They can be adjusted in the user service menu.

Common Offset is the compensation factor for the pressure-difference reading of the difference
sensor when applying an equal pressure on both sides of the sensor.

Vaives can be changed between MEASUREMENT and ZEROING.

Zeroing—automatic zeroing is either ENABLED or DISABLED (factory service menu only).

Aw Pressure shows the real-time value of airway pressure.

Ref. Condition shows the reference conditions in which results are located. With calibration
pump or spirometry tester, the results are always in ATP. If breathing is detected (EtCO, > 1.0%),
results are according to Flow & Vol Setup selection.

Flow shows the flow measurement value.

TVol Exp, TVol Insp, MVol Exp, and MVol Insp--the values shown on this screen are the same as
the values shown on the main display.

VC02 Gain and VO2 Gain—Not used in Cardiocap/b.

Y-deadspace is the geometric volume in ml between the Y-piece and the D lite. Default is 5 ml for
a standard Y-piece (as delivered with Siemens 9000 ventilators). Used for VCO, and VO, delay
time corrections.

N2 injection--set it to 1 during laboratory tests with a spirometry tester and infection of N, gas (for
scientific validations use only). At power on and during normal use, the value is always zero.

Ambient press shows the ambient pressure in mmHg,

8-15
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.7 ESTP: ECG service menu and data

A | To enter this service menu from the
ECG Hodule Service Data | Service View menu:
ECG Setup el ， 50 He ， | 1. Select Modules.
—— oo E 圖
Power Freq È À E 50 2. Select ESTP: ECG.
Filter Low Ca | | |
og: He Là LL Y A
Filter High OFF OFF OFF CFF CFF
Previous Menu Pacer count 3
Button da

Rp
Available OFF
Measurement ON
Ánp ¿ero CFF
Value ーーー

Timeouts 0 RAM 매
Bad checksums - O- ROM OK
Bad c-s by mo O. EEFFOM ОК

Power Freq Sets power frequency; 50 Hz/60 Hz.

Filter Low Sets filter tow frequency; 0.05 Hz/0.5 Hz
Filter High Sets filter high frequency; 30 Hz (40 Hz tf power freg is 60 Hz) / 100 Hz or 150 Hz

Service Data screen

Power freq and Cable type show the values chosen or detected.

Filter low and high defines the selected filter (Monitor/Diagnostic/

ST).

Quick zero is ON when the signal in any of the three internal amplifiers goes beyond scale, and
therefore, a capacitor connected to the related channel discharges overvoltage. At least one Quick zero
value is OFF when using a 3-lead cable; all three are OFF when using a 5-lead cable. Quick zero also
takes place when the lead is changed in 3-lead measurement.

Cable shows ON when an ECG cable ts connected.

Electrode shows ON when each of these electrodes are connected.

Pacer count is a running number for pacemaker users.

Button is not used in Cardiocap/5.

Resp Available indicates that FCG hardware ts capable of measunng impedance respiration.

Measurement shows ON when the respiration measurement is ON.

Amp Zero shows ON when zeroing of the respiration amplifier takes place.

Waveform Value will be updated in one-second intervals.

fordefinitions of Timeouts, Bad checksums, Bad c-s by mod, RAM. ROM, and EEPROM. see
NIBP service menu, data, and checks later in this chapter.

8-16
 Service Menus

8.7.1 ECG Setup menu

To enter this service menu from the
ECG Module
Service Data Service View menu:
ECG Setup Z 1. Select Modules.
30 Hz
Filter -STfilt Ok 2. Select ESTP: ECG.

TT. 3. select
ECG Setup.
OFF OFF OFF OFF

] RAM UK
"s Oh
1 EEPROM OK

H ter Filters the ECG signal high-frequency noise and slow-respiratory artifacts.
Monit (monitor) filter is used in routine monitoring. It effectively filters the artifacts
caused by the electrosurgery unit and respiration.
Diagn (diagnostic) filter is used if more accurate waveform information is needed (of
P-wave or AV biock, for example). The diagnostic filter is more susceptible to high
frequencies and baseline wander than the monitor filter.

STfilt (ST filter) permits more accurate information of ST segment. It filters the high-
frequency artifacts caused by electrosurgery unit but catches the slow changes in ST
segment. The ST filter is more susceptible to baseline wander than the monitor filter.

Pacemaker Selects how to display the pacing pulse of a cardiac pacemaker. The selections are
Show, Hide, ON R and Sensit.

Hide filters the pacing pulse away from ECG data.

Show filters the pacing pulse away from ECG data but the pulse is displayed as a
constant height marker.

ON R does not filter pacing pulses away from LCG data. This improves ECG monitoring
with A-V pacemaker patients, as QRS complexes are counted even if the pacing pulse
hits the QRS complex. During asystole pacing pulses may be counted as heartbeats.
Sensit uses more sensitive pacemaker detection. Pacemaker spike is displayed on
ECG.

QRS Type QRS detection and HR calculation may be affected by the shape of the QRS
complex,

Normal QRS Type detects a heartbeat between 40 and 120 ms.

Wide QRS Type detects a heartbeat between 40 and 220 ms.

Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.8 ESTP : STP service menu and data

To enter this service menu
ESTP Module Service Data from the Service View menu:
la wy Wi

RETAS RE | 1. Select Modules.

105 108 .
—Record Data UFF1 (E -15 UFF DFE ‚ 2. Select ESTP: STP.
CFF OFF 0 OFF
Temp Test A ce ーーー
Previous Menu ÜFF OFF DFF

— Ired int.
Fed int.
Hr ーーー EC gain
Cale OM IDC
Probe OH ROC
Probe ctt ME 9311)
Pre gain
Temp error UN
Temp test UFF
Protect key BEF
Protect mode (N
Configuration STP
Timeouts ü RAM GE
Bad checksums O ROM DE
Bad c-s by mac DEEPROM OK
Record Data Records, or prints, the service data shown and board information (ID, serial number
and software 1D) on the recorder paper.
temp Test Activates the automatic temperature test for temperature channels T1 and T2. The result
appears in the service data screen. NOTE: Select Temp Test twice to start the test.

Service Data screen

Gain is a coefficient to compensate gain error. Usually, P1 and P2 values are between 17,000 and
25,000; the TI and T2 values are between 13,000 and 14,300. Calibrate if any gain value is outside
the range.
Zero indicates the offset compensation value of each parameter in the A/D converter. Typically, P1
and P2 values are within + 1000; the T1 and [2 values are between - 150 and +300. Calibrate if any
zero value is outside the range.

Cable shows ON when a corresponding cable is connected to the front panel.

Probe shows ON when a corresponding probe is connected to the Cable.
Value shows the measured numeric values simultaneously. Pressure values are real-time values
shown in mmHg. Temperature values are shown in degrees Celsius.

Buttons is not used with Cardiocap/5.

Sp0, shows the measured beat-to-beat SpO, value.

Modpr is a modulation % that indicates AC/DC ratio in the measured signal.

Hr is a pulse rate calculated from every beat.

Cable and Probe can be either OFF or ON. They indicate the Probe Off state. Under Probe. an SpO,
message held displays status messages, such as OK. Pulse search. No probe, Probe Off, No pulse,
Artifact. Poor signal, or Check probe.

8-18
 Service Menus

red int. (infrared intensity) range is 40 to 255 and Red int. (red intensity) range ts 40 to 255.
NOTE: Balance between LEDs Is adjusted by changing the infrared/red intensity.

DC gain shows the adjusted DC signal gain.

IDC is the value of the infrared signal and RDC is the DC value of the red signal.
AC gain is the gain of infrared and red AC signals. AC gain values can be 1 (high gain) or O (low gain).
Pre gain is a preamplifier gain for infrared and red signals. Pre-gain values can be 1 (normal
operation) or O (signal levels are very low and extra gain is taken into use).
Temp error shows the status of the temperature test: ON (errors found) or OFF (no errors found).

Protect key is normally OFF. It turns to ON when the button at the bottom of the module is pressed.
Protect mode is normally ON. It turns to OFF when Protection is switched to OFF for temperature
calibration in the STP Calibrations service menu.
Configuration shows the chosen module configuration: IP, ST, or STP.
For definitions of Timeouts, Bad checksums, Bad c-s by mod, RAM, ROM, and EEPROM, refer to
NIBP service menu, data, and checks later in this chapter.

8.8.1 STP Calibrations menu

To enter this service menu from the
EL Module Service Data Service View menu:
Calibrations k mi 288 1. Select Modules.
Protection DM 2. Select ESTP: STP.
set Config STP 3. Select Calibrations.
Calibrate Ti
Catibrate T2
Calibrate PI
Calikrate F2
Previous Hanu

Return to previous menu.

Protection Protects the configuration and temperature calibrations. Can be set ON (protected) and
OFF only when protect button at the bottom of the module ts pressed.
Set Config Sets the configuration to TP, ST, or STP. The setting is possible only when Protection is
OFF. This setting should be checked if the STP board is replaced.
Calibrate T1 / Calibrate T2
Calibrates temperature channels 11 or 12. Calibration is possible only when Protection is
OFF. Accurate test plugs of 25 °C and 45 °C values are required. See Temperature
calibration in the Service Procedures chapter.

Calibrate P1 / Calibrate P2
Calibrates the invasive blood pressure channels PT and P2. A pressure transducer (with
an appropriate cable) and a pressure manometer ate required. See Temperature
calibration in the Service Procedures chapter.

8-19
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.9 NIBP service menu, data, and checks

NIBP Module Service Data i Toenter thts service menu from
the Service View menu:
1. Select Modules.
2. Select NIBP.

de
B
le

Previous Menu

Timsouts Q BAN
Bad checksums - à ROM
Bad c-s by mod O EEPROM

The submenus shown tn this menu (NIBP Demo, Calibrations, etc.) are described later in this section.

Previous Menu Closes this menu and displays the previous menu.

Service Data screen

Pressure Measured pressure multiplied by 10.

Zero Pressure at auto zeroing multiplied by 10 and changes between +20 and -20
mmHg. Absolute pressure is the sum of Pressure and Zero.
Protect handle Hardware protection for EEPROM memory (always ON during normal operation). If it
is OFF, data cannot be read from or written to EEPROM; only the calibration
protection can be set or reset by software. You can change the protection setting in
the Calibration menu by turning the gear wheel (located inside a small hole in the
bottom of the monitor) to enable Protection ON/OFF.

Calibr. prot. Software calibration protection. It should be OFF to enable calibration.

+15 V power The condition of the +15 Vdirty supply voltage for the pump and valves. It exists
(ON) or not (OFF), depending on service menu function. The supply voltage can be
turned ON by selecting the previous Menu and then the desired menu again.
ADO ... AD7 The values of each of the eight A/D converter channels.
Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod are cumulative numbers that indicate the following:
Timeouts--how many times the module did not respond to an inquiry from the
monitor.

Bad checksums--how many umes communication from the module to the monitor
failed.

8-20
 Service Menus

Bad c-s by mod--how many communication errors the module detected.

Counting starts at power up and resets to zero at power off. Nonzero values do not
indicate a failure, but continuous counting (more than 50 per second) indicates a
serial communication failure or that the module is not installed. Other modules can
cause communication errors that cause these numbers to rise.

RAM The state of RAM memory.

ROM Indicates whether the checksum in EPROM is in accordance with the one the
software calculated.

EEPROM Indicates if the values stored in permanent memory are valid.

The state is either OK, Fail, or? (communication error or module is not installed).

8.9.1 NIBP Demo menu

This service menu is used for demonstrating the oscillometric method of NIBP measurement. The
menu shows the real-time pressure signals that are measured from the NIBP cuff. The measurement
result is shown in the adjoining digit field.
To enter this Service menu from the Service View menu:
NIBP Module
1. Select Modules.
2. Select NIBP.
Wave Recording | OFF É 3 Select NIBP Demo
ΗΕ
Previous Menu

Wave Recording Selects the recording option. If ON is selected, the pressure signals are recorded in
real time onto the recorder paper.
Remove menu Widens the displayed waveform area.
Previous Menu Closes this menu and displays the previous menu. İf Remove menu was selected,
you can also just press the ComWheel.

8-21
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.9.2 NIBP Calibration menu

NIBP Module Service Data To enter this service menu from
the Service View menu:

Calibration conção 1. Select Modules.

η O B2 、

кю -00020 2. Select NIBP.

Active Leak Test DFF
3. Select Calibrations.

EL se]
e a エー イニ モー イー
III
Calibration Check SFF

LE
Protection CEF

O
O
ONE
Calibration

pe ağaCn
Frevicus Meru

ED

Calibrate NIEP with external

manometer. Press whee] ta O RAM DK
startane
zeroing. AD ROM
PEROU DE

Active Leak Test Tests forleaks.

Calibration Check Checks the calibration.

For details, see NIBP calibration check in the Service Procedures chapter.

Protection Software calibration protection (ON/OFF). When calibrating, Protection should

be OFF. To change the Protection, you must activate the menu item by turning
the gear wheel (located inside a small hole in the bottom of the monitor).
for details, see NIBP calibration in the Service Procedures chapter.

Calibration Calibrates NIBP. This selection ts available only when Protection is OFF.
For details, see NIBP calibration in the Service Procedures chapter.

Active leak test

1. Wrap an adult cuff around a stable cylindrical object (to simulate an arm) and connect the cuff to
the monitor.

2. Select Active Leak Test ON. Pressure of 260 mmHg is pumped into the cuff automatically.
3. Wait for several seconds until the pressure stabilizes. If the pressure reading drops more than
5 mmHg per minute, detect and fix leaking point(s).

4. Cancel the test by selecting Active Leak Test OFF.

8-22
 Service Menus

8.9.3 NIBP Safety Valve menu and data

| To enter this service menu from
Safety Valve Safety Valve Data | the Service View menu:
ADULT re anon 0000 1. Select Modules.
Start Test | i i 2 | 2. Select NIBP.
Previous Menu i E 3. Select Safety Valve.

Bi
Q
則

AS U RAM OK
(SET checksuns O RON UA
Bad c-s by mod O EEPROM DE

Start Test Starts the Safety Valve Test: changes to Stop Test after you start the test.

Safety Valve Data screen

See NIBP service menu, data, and checks earlier in this chapter for information on Pressure, Zero,
Protect handle, Calibr. prot., +15 V power, ADO to AD7, Timeouts, etc.

Max. press and 2 s after stop show the measured values at Safety Valve test.
Max. press The pressure at which the safety valve opens. Itis normally 310 + 15 mmHg for
adult and 150 mmHg+ 15 mmHg
for infant.

2 s after stop The pressure at 2 seconds after the pump has stopped. It is normally >280 mmHg
for adult and >120 mmHg for mřant. If the value is less, check leakage by the active
leak test.

Safety valve test (adult/infant)

Wrap an adult cuff around a pipe and connect the cuff to the monitor. Choose Start Test and push the
ComWheel. The test ends automatically or when you select Stop Test.

8-23
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.9.4 NIBP Pulse Valve menu and data

To enter this service menu from
Pulse Valve Pulse Valve Data the Service View menu:
Pressure 00 1. Select Modules.
ido | 2. Select NIBP.
3. Select Pulse Valve.
Previous Men

Protect handle OM
Cali t OFF

Timeouts Q BAH 매
Eac checksums ΠΜ 내
Bad č-s by mod O EEPRON CK
Start Test Starts the Pulse Valve test; changes to Stop Test after you start the test.
Set Valve Lets you adjust the opening of the pulse valve.

Pulse Valve Data screen

See NIBP service menu, data, and checks earlier in this chapter for information on Pressure, Zero,
Protect handle, Calibr. prot., +15 V power, ADO to AD7, Timeouts, ete.

Pulse valve test

1. Wrap an adult cuff around a pipe and connect the си {о the monitor.

2. Choose Start Test and push the ComWheel.

The pressure rises beyond 240 mmHg and stops. The pulse valve opens. The time it takes for the
pressure to go from 240 mmHg to 50 mmHg is counted and displayed on the screen.
3. Tostop the test, select Stop Test.
The valve can be adjusted between O (fully closed) and 255 (fully open). To adjust, choose Set Valve
and push the ComWheel. Adjust the pulse-valve value by turning the ComWheel, then push it to set
the value.
The Interval 240 mmHg -> 50 mmHg time should be less than 60 seconds when the valve is 150,
and less than 10 when fully opened (255). When fully closed (0), the system should be airtight and the
pressure does not drop. Depending on an individual, the pulse valve may remain closed up to 100,
approximately.
If the measured time deviates much from those above, then the pulse valve or its tubes are faulty.

8-24
 Service Menus

8.9.5 NIBP Buttons/Leds menu and data

E To enter this service menu from
Buttons/Leds Buttons/Leds the Service View menu:
ON i ] re E 1. Select Modules.
|
2. Select NIBP.
3. Select Buttons/Leds.

OM
OFF

ng STAT.
nt a à
OFF

Timeouts 2 RAM pi
Bari checksums ROM ον
Bal C-s by mod EEPROM ОК

The Auto ON/OFF, Manual ON/OFF, STAT ON/OFF, and Measur. ON/OFF menu selections have no
effect.

Buttons /Leds Data screen

See NIBP service menu, data, and checks earlier in this chapter for information on Pressure, Zero,
Protect handle, Calibr. prot., +15 V power, ADO to AD7, Timeouts, etc.
The Auto On/Off and Start Cancel fields are not used with Cardiocap/5.

8-25
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.9.6 NIBP Pneumatics menu and data

To enter this service menu from
Pneumatics Pneumatics Data the Service View menu:
10000 i. Select Modules.
a 2. Select NIBP.
3. Select Pneumatics.

CIN
OFF
ON

Fump Exh Esh2

y 는 ! >
ÜFE CLOSED

0 РАН 1
O ROM i
0 EEPROM OK

Start Pump Starts the pump; changes to Stop Pump when the pump is on.
Open Exh1 Opens exhaust valve 1; changes to Close Exh1 when the valve is open.
Open Exh2 Opens exhaust valve 2; changes to Close Exh2 when the valve is open.
Set Valve Adjusts the pulse-valve opening between 0 (fully closed) and 255 (fully open). To
adjust, push the ComWheel, turn it to adjust the value shown on the screen, and
push it to set the value.

Reset Clock Zeros the time on the display.

Pneumatics Data screen

See NIBP service menu, data, and checks earlier in this chapter for information on Pressure, Zero,
Protect handle, Calibr. prot., +15 V power, ADO to AD7, Timeouts, etc.

Pump shows the state of the pump (ON/OFF).

Exh1 Valve and Exh2 Valve show the states of exhaust valve 1 and exhaust valve 2 (OPEN/CLOSED).
Pulse Valve shows how much the valve is opened (0 to 255) during Valve Setting.

Watchdog BEEP check

Connect a manometer to the front panel and pump in pressure. When the ADS value changes from a
negative value to a positive value (at about 5 mmHg), a beep sounds. This is the watchdog threshold
pressure. Beyond this pressure the watchdog is active and cuts pressure at about 2 minutes (adult).

8-26
 Service Menus

Interval 20 mmHg -> 185 mmHg check

1. Wrap an adult cuff around a pipe and connect the cuff to the monitor.
2. Select Start Pump at different combinations of the valves open/closed and push the ComWheel.
The time it takes for the pressure to go from 20 mmHg to 185 mmHg is counted and displayed.
When all valves are closed, the pump should pump the pressure in about 1 to 4 seconds.
3. To stop the pump, choose Stop Pump and push the ComWheel.

8.9.7 NIBP Watchdog menu and data

To enter this service menu from
Matchdog Watchdog Data the Service View menu:
개 | pressure 0 009: 1. Select Modules.
bios 2. Select NIBP.
3. Select Watchdog.

Frevious Menu

0H
(FF
où

Watchdog Interval Hs

11060 나 을 0. RAM Ok -
Bad Chécksums C RDM Us
EL SS

Test ADULT Tests the watchdog timer in adult mode (120 to 140 seconds).
Test INFANT Tests the watchdog timer in infant mode (about 60 to 70 seconds).
Stop Test Stops the test.

Watchdog Data screen

See NIBP service menu, data, and checks earlier in this chapter for information on Pressure, Zero,
Protect handle, Calibr. prot., + 15 V power, ADO to AD/, Timeouts, etc.
Watchdog Interval shows the time the +15 Vdirty stays on during the test.

Watchdog timer tests (adult and infant)

Choose Test ADULT and push the ComWheel. Watchdog interval starts counting seconds and
continues counting as long as the +15 Vdirty is on. The time should be 120 to 140 seconds.
Choose Test INFANT and push the ComWheel. Watchdog interval starts counting seconds and
continues counting as long as the + 15 Vdirty is on. The time should be 60 to 70 seconds.

8-27
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.10 NMT menu and data

NMT E ice Data To access this menu from the Service
View menu:
EMG oo
Cable check value: “1 i 1. Select Modules.
Start Curr. test
Module keys! Stert-up Stop/cont. 2. Select NMT.
κ καί
Measurement: (FF
Record Data
Absolute TL 6300
Previous Menu Absolute T2
Absolute T3
absolute Td
ket

Curr meas 234

RAM OK
Oo ROW. Ok
DETTE TT 0. . EEPROM OK

Start Curr. test A test that checks the difference between a given current and the measured
current.
Connect a 3 kQ resistance between the stimulus electrodes before starting the
test. All currents that are checked will be displayed on the service data screen.
After the current value, the test status is shown.
if the test is not passed, factory calibration is needed. Contact Datex-Ohmeda.
T1%/ref NMT MechanoSensor setting. Always use a setting of 3 for normal monitoring.
Settings 1 and 2 are for research purposes only.
Record Data Prints the displayed service data and circuit board information (id., serial number,
and software id.) to the optional Recorder.

NMT Service Data screen

Cable The type of cable being used.
Cable check value The bit amount. You can check the value for each cable using this chart:

EMG -100 to +100

Cable OFF > 1950
Piezo 900 to 1100
Regtonal block 600 to 800

Module Keys Not applicable to the Cardiocap/5.

Stimulus mode The stimulus mode selected in the NMT Setup menu.

Measurement Indicates status (ON/OFF).

8-28
 Service Menus

T1%, etc. The measured response. A value of 1000 corresponds to 100%. Each is a ratio of
the Absolute T1, etc. to the Reference (Ref). As drugs are administered, the
typical response for T1 lessens, then drops more rapidly for each successive
measured response (12%, 13%, then T4%).
Ratio% The common label for TOF/DBS%.
Absolute T1, etc. The voltage measured from the A/D converter. The area-under-the-curve of the
response to stimulation as the muscle-relaxant anesthetic is being administered.
Ref (Reference) The area-under-the-curve calculation from the response of the NMT
stimulation before the administration of inhibiting anesthetics.
Noise The interference just before the measurement. A typical value is < 10. Represents
the measurement of the area-under-the-curve of the response when no stimulus
iS given, but the circuitry noise is picking up some response. The noise factor
varies from sensor to sensor.
Offset An average of the noise measurement; the voltage baseline. An offset of 2520 is
2520 mV, or 2.5V. This is the measureable baseline voltage of the sensor and
varies from sensor to sensor.
Curr set The selected current, a value of 700 corresponds to 70 mA.
Curr meas The measured current, a value of 700 corresponds ta 70 mA.
Pulses Pulses the module has produced.

Piezo probe T1% Information related to MechanoSensor settings.

Ref. search Information related to MechanoSensor settings.
Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod are cumulative numbers that indicate the following:
Timeouts—how many times the NMT unit did not respond to an inquiry from the
monitor.

Bad checksums--how many times communication from the NMF unit to the
monitor failed.

Bad c-s by mod -how many communication errors the NMT unit detected.

Counting starts at power on and Is reset to zero at power off. Nonzero values do
not indicate a failure, but continuous counting (more than 50 per second)
indicates a Serial communication failure or that the NMT unit is not installed. Also,
communicaton errors from other modules can cause these numbers to rise.

RAM The state of RAM memory.

ROM Indicates whether the checksum in the EPROM ts in accordance with the value
calculated by the software.
EEPROM Indicates if the values stored in permanent memory are valid. The state is either
OK, Fail or? (module not installed or a communication error).

8-29
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.10.1 NMT Setup Menu

To access this menu from the Service View menu:
NMT Setup
1. Select Modules.
Start-up 2. Select NMT.
Continue 3. Select NMT Setup.
| _ Stimulus Mode! TOF
ー | Cycle Time 20 sec
Current S(70 mA)
Pulse Width 200 us
Previous Menu

Start-up Starts an NMT measurement.

Continue Continues an NMT measurement.

Stimulus Mode Selects the mode of stimulation: TOF (train of four), OBS (double burst
stimulation), or ST (single twitch).

Cycle Time Sets the ume intervals for the selected Stimulus Mode. For TOF and DBS, the
selections are Manual, 10 , 12, 15, or 20 seconds. and 1, 5, or 15 minutes. The
ST cycle times are 1, 10, and 20 seconds.
When the cycle time is less than one minute, the Count must be below the Count
limit in two Successive measurements before the Recovery Note Is enabled. To
give the note, the number of Counts must exceed or match the limit twice in one
minute. The note disappears when two measurements are below the limit again.
lf the cycle time is One minute or more, or ifthe measurement is done manually,
at least one Count must be below the chosen limit before the Recovery Note is
enabled. To give the note, one Count must exceed or match the Count limit. The
note disappears when one measurement is below the limit again.

Current Sets the stimulus current, which ts either supramaximal (automatic start-up
search) or manually selected from 10 mA through 70 mA at 5 mA intervals.
Pulse Width Increases or decreases the effect of the stimulation. Selections are 100 jis.
200 ys, and 300 ps.

8-30
 Service Menus

8.11 M-NSAT menu and data (N-XNSAT or N-XOSAT options)

NSAT Data To enter this service menu from the Service
e | View menu:
1. Select Modules.
PR 60 2. Select M-NSAT.
】 SDO2 9900

NoProbe
4 fs seSearch
NoPu1se
CheckProbe

HP-203 Error
QUART Error
1/0 Error

? Timeouts — 0 Erro
“ ¢Bad checksums 2: ROM OK
| 839.0-8 00 0060 Е
PR Pulse rate value [bpm] calculated from pleth.

Sp0,% Oxygen saturation value multiplied by 100.

NoProbe Not applicable to the Cardiocap/5.
PulseSearch
NoPulse
CheckProbe
MP-203 Error Yes if an error message Is sent by the SpO» board.
NOTE: MP-203 Error is used to represent any version of the Datex-Ohmeda or
Nelicor SpO board.
QUART Error Yes if an error is detected in the QUART data communications device located in the
Sp0 interface board.
1/0 Error Yes when a communication error occurs between the SpOQ» board and the 5002
interface board.
Timeouts, Bad checksums, and Bad c-s by mod are cumulative numbers that indicate the following:

Timeouts -how many times the unit did not respond to an inquiry from the monitor.
Bad checksums--how many times communication from the SpO» unit to the
monitor failed.

Bad c-s by mod -number of communication errors detected by the SpO» unit.

Counting starts at power on and is reset to zero at power off. Nonzero values do not
indicate a failure, but continuous counting (> 50 per second) indicates a serial
communication failure or that the SpO unit is not installed. Also, communicaton
errors from other modules can cause these numbers to rise.
ROM Indicates whether the checksum in the EPROM is in accordance with the checksum
calculated by the software. The state is 0K, Fail or ? (unit not installed or
communication error)

8-31
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.12 More Modules menu

To enter this service menu from the Service View menu:
Modules
1. Select Modules.
More Modules
2. Select More Modules.
| Interface | ГЕ]
Est tery

Memory Module
icus Meru

NOTE: The Interface and Battery selections in the More Modules menu are not used in Cardiocap/5.

8-32
 Service Menus

8.12.1 Memory Module menu and Module Status data

To enter this service menu from
Memory Module Module Status the Service View menu:

Module Status | 1. Select Modules.

Hadide y
Mods e : 2. Select More Modules.
Communication
EOM 3. Select Memory Module.
Previous Menu
με]
ЕЕРЕОМ

Car q tura
Fil E Systen
Čard size
Card used
Card full
Card empty
Read errůr
Urita error №

Module Status screen

NOTE: All values can be '- - -* to indicate “No data is available.”

Module present Indicates whether the module is firmly attached to the monitor (YES or NO).
Module active indicates whether module Services are available (YES or NO).

ROM Status of the memory module’s ROM memory (OK or ERR).

RAM Status of the memory madule’s RAM memory (OK or ERR).

PCMCIA Status of the memory module’s PCMCIA controller (OK or ERR).

EEPROM Status of the memory module's EEPROM memory (OK or ERR).

SLOT1, SLOT2 The foremost slot and the rearmost slol, respectively.
Card type The type of card (MENU or DATA). If duplicated card is inserted, type DUPL.
File system The memory card file system (ATA ts the only supported file system). {fa non-ATA
card is used, UNKNOWN is shown. If the card is poorly attached, LOOSE is shown.
Card size The total amount of disk space in the card in kilobytes.
Card used The total amount of used disk space m the card in kilobytes.
Card full Indicates whether all disk space in the cards used (YES or NO).
Card empty Indicates the lack of menu files in the MENU card or no files in the DATA card.
Possible values are YES and NO.

Read error Indicates whether reading from the card failed (YES ar NO).
Write error Indicates whether wating to the card failed (YES or NO).

8-33
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

8.12.2 Memory Module menu and Communication data

To enter this service menu from the
Service View menu:
1. Setect Modules.
2. Select More Modules.
3. Select Memory Module.
4 Select Communication.

Timeouts
Length err
fuplicated

Communication screen
Interface status
The status of the data link between the monitor and the memory module. If memory module is
properly attached, the status should always be ACTIVE. if status blinks between ACTIVE and
CLOSED, a communications error has occurred: remove module briefly, and insert it back into the
monitor frame to check if the error disappears.
Message types The type of data packets sent (Ix) and received (Rx) since the last monitor start:

Record K—communication between the Monitor and Record Keeper.

File Op.—operations of Patient data.

Service -Memory Module operations.
Modes—User Mode operations.

Module status—number of sent/received data packets that relate to the memory module status.
Packets total--total number of data packets sent/received since last monitor start.

Bytes total—total number of data bytes sent/recetved since last monitor start.

Transmission errors since the last monitor Start:

Timeouts
-- The number of time-outs that occurred in memory module data transmission.

Chksum err—!he number of checksum errors in data packets from memory module.
Length err The number of data packets with erroneous length from the memory module.

Duplicated - [he number of duplicate data packets from the memory module.

8-34
 Service Menus

8.13 Service Log menu

The service log contains information about the monitor errors and events that occurred since the last
factory reset or service log reset. The service log is saved in the main CPU board's SRAM memory.
NOTE:
* Cold start is a start-up with a power-off time of more than 15 minutes. The trend memory is
cleared and monitoring starts with the user default settings.
+ Warm start is a start-up with a power-off time of less than 15 minutes. The trend information and
possible temporary settings are still available.

Scroll Last Er Scrolls the error (event) information.

Scroll Counters Scrolls the error or event counters.

Record Log Prints the service log information on paper (with the recorder option, N-XREC).

Reset Log Clears the service log content (recommended after a performed maintenance).
Reset RunTime Resets the monitor's run-time counter. The counter is located in the main CPU
board's SRAM and basically counts the amount of time the monitor has been on
since leaving the factory.

Error History
. | To enter this service menu from
Service Log Error History the Service View menu, select
Last errors: Service Log.
Fast cold start EAD De s
Event History
GSP watch-dog ti ον
Alarm History
Fast cold start fad
Scroll Last Er
GSP watch-dag oa t
SCro11 Countrs El
i Fast cold start (off 1gs < 20
1999-0ct-20 1
Record Log ime

Fast cold HER: λα JF τς

τα οχι
Pa me * yatch=dos に |
Previous Menu eu aE A

Last log reset: 1007-Pec-22 13:56:0;

„ast errors Shows the last monitor errors and the time of their occurrence.

Errorcounters Contains counters for each different (detected) monitor error. The time of
occurrence of the last error is shown beside each counter.

Fast cold start Gives the number of erroneous cold starts when power was off < 20 seconds. The
cause can be a failing lead-acid battery or a software problem that was solved by
the hardware watchdog circultry.

Last log reset Shows the date and the time of last service log reset.

8-35
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Event History
+ To enter this service menu from the
Service Log Event History Service View menu:
Running hours: 1068 。
η κ Μο ους i. Select Service Log.
Last events: 2. Select Event History.

Last Ev Cold star

1539-0ct-20
πλ” Cold st
1999-Dct-20
Cold star
1939-9ct-20
et Log
Reset Pun Time Event counters:

Previous Menu 1999-0ct-20

ct
noirs

La

à Mi e ali Vee
a

Last log reset: 1997-Dec-2

Running hours Shows how many hours the monitor has been on since the date and the time of the
last run-time reset.

Last events Shows the fast events and the time of their occurrence.

Event counters Contains counters for each different (detected) event. The time the last event
occurred is shown beside each counter.

Lastlogreset Shows the date and the time of the last service log reset.

Alarm History
Shows the monitor alarm log. The alarm log is reset if the monitor is in standby for more than 15 minutes.
A To enter this service menu from the Service View menu:
Alarm History
| | 1. Select Service Log.
MR RAL a 2. Select Event History.

15:53:08 Sp02 probe off 3. Select Alarm History.

8-36
 Contents

Chapter 9. Spare parts

9.1 General service parts sine 9-1
9.1.1 Service kits and t00!S..........................
rra rene 9-1
9.1.2 Software upgrades iii 9-1

9.2 F-MX (hemodynamic) and F-MXG (hemodynamic with gas)...... 9-2

A SS ii 9-2
Μι μμ μμ ϱ---µ---ἷἷ---- 9-2
9.2.2 Eijectronic spare DartS ωνρνονοοο 9-4
9.2.3 ConnectorboardsandPWunit...................... emen 9-8
9.2.4 Interconnect cables eee een εναν 9-9

9.3 Parameterunit (NESTPR) and invasive pressures option (N-XP)9-10

9.4 Airway gas options (N-XC, N-XCO, N-XCAIO) ....................... 9-11

9.4.1 Service kits... inner 9-11
9.4.2 Aimwaygasspareparls.........................
eee 9-12

9.5 Recorderoption(N-XREC)............................................ 9-13

9.6 NMTandpulseoximetıyoptions...................................... 9-14
9.6.1 Seivice kitS… eee ent 9-14
9.6.2 NMToption(N-XNM))...................... en 9-14
9.6.3 Pulse oximetry options (N-XOSAT and N-XNSAT) es 9-15
 Spare Parts

9. SPARE PARTS
Use the Order Number when ordering parts. Item numbers are used only to identify parts shown in the
illustrations.

NOTE: Remanufactured or exchange parts may be available for some measurement units or boards.
Request information when you order the part.

9.1 General service parts

9.1.1 Service kits and tools
Item/ Description Order Number
Service Kit, Hardware 6050-0005-751
Includes:
Connector lock screw, M3 (5)
EMI seal (5)
Screw, hexagon M4x16 (5)
Screw, pozidrive
M3x6 (25), M3x10 (5), M3x12 (5),
M4x6 (5), M4x20 (5)
Screw, pozidrive plastite
M2.5x10 (5), M3x8 (15)
Screw, pozidrive zinc 2x5 mm (5)
Sleeve, 6 x 2.5 mm (for display unit) (2)
Spacer, nylon (for Inverter board) (5)
Standoff bushing (5)
Washer. ext-!k M3 SST (5)
Washer. securing, AS/3 CM (5)
Washer, fiber, 0.125 1D x 0.312 OD (5)
Service Kit, PCA Drawings (Drawings, schematics, and components) 6050-0005-946
Troubleshooting extension cable 884298
Temperature calibration test plugs (25 °C and 45°C) 884515

9.1.2 Software upgrades

Item/Description Order Number
U-XANE Software upgrade, English, Dutch, French, German 6050-0005-724
U-XANE Software upgrade, English, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish 6050-0005-725
U-XANE Software upgrade, Danish, English, Finnish, Norwegian, Swedish 6050-0005- 726
U-XANE Software upgrade, English, Polish 6050-0006-859
U-XCCA Software upgrade, Dutch, English, French, German 6050-0005-727
U-XCCA Software upgrade, English, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish 6050-0005-728
U-XCCA Software upgrade, Danish, English, Finnish, Norwegian, Swedish 6050-0005-729
U-XCCA Software upgrade, English, Polish 6050-0006-857
U-XNET Network software upgrade 6050-0005- 733
U-XDNET Data card and Network software upgrade, English 6050-0005-730
U-XDNET Data card and Network software upgrade, French 6050-0005-731
U-XDNET Data card and Network software upgrade, German 6050-0005-732
9-1
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

9.2 F-MX (hemodynamic) and F-MXG (hemodynamic with gas)

9.2.1 Mechanical spare parts

Item Description Order Number
1 Recorder hole cover plate (plastic) 895711
2 Recorder hole cover plate (metallic) 895712
3 Front cover 6050-0005-758
4 Rubber pad 895174
5 D-fend housing unit, complete 894737
6 D-fend body connector 875052
O-ring for D-fend body connector 65312
Lock ring for D-fend body connector 63813
Shield for display cable 6050-0005-865
8 Back cover unit 6050-0005-757
Rear foot, base (included in Item 8) Order Item 8
10 Rubber pad 65141
11 Label set 6050-0005-677
Includes equipotentiality sticker (shown), battery (not
shown), and patent sticker (not shown)
12 Dust filter 896113
13 Back mounting 896199
14 Rear panel label, F-MX 896927
Rear panel label, F-MXG 896928
Not shown | Cover for memory card slots 6050-0005-866

Push buttons

Button (Silence Alarms) Order Number Button (Normal Screen) Order Number
Danish, Silence Alarms 896958 Danish, Normal Screen 896877
Dutch, Silence Alarms 896839 Dutch, Normal Screen 896870
English, Silence Alarms 896836 English, Normal Screen 896867
Finnish, Silence Alarms 896843 Finnish, Normal Screen 896874

French, Silence Alarms 896838 French, Normal Screen 896869

German, Silence Alarms 896837 German, Normal Screen 896868
Italian, Silence Alarms 896841 Italian, Normal Screen 896872
Norwegian, Silence Alarms 896845 Norwegian, Normal Screen 896876
Polish, Silence Alarms 6050-0006-503 Polish, Normal Screen 6050-0006-498
Portuguese, Silence Alarms 896842 Portuguese, Normal Screen 896873

Spanish, Silence Alarms 896840 Spanish, Normal Screen 896871

Swedish, Silence Alarms 896844 Swedish, Normal Screen 896875

9-2
 Spare Parts

Screw, pozidrive

の
M3x12 (1)

ET

vE
ox
Sa
요크
=>
A
u
る
- =
の

Se
az
So
5
wo
=
a
Ss
Nm

一
Screw, pozidrive M3x8 ( 5)

Screw, pozidrive M3x6

we
==
の の

зо
2
=>
D 十
aga
M
=
©
o
vo
oo
=
ac

Z
©
>

x
©

9-3
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

9.2.2 Electronic spare parts

Item Description Order Number
15 Potential equalization connector 602 7-0000-018

16 Fuse T2AH 511200

17 AC/DC unit 6050-0005-749
18 Mother board 6050-0005-753
19 DC/DC board (iD 895830) 897498
20 NIBP cuff hose connector 64654
21 NIBP adapter, F-MX 895173
NIBP adapter, F-MXG 895172
22 Parameter unit, NESTPR (ID 895828) 898957
23 Battery 3Ah 12V (ID 17013) 897507
24 Airway gas unit, N-XC (ID 896227) 898954
Airway gas unit, N-XCO (ID 896228) 898955
Airway gas unit, N-XCAi0 (ID 896226) 898956
25 Fan unit 895823
26 1/0 board (ID 895821) 897503
27 Net board 895820
28 Loudspeaker unit (ID 895879) 897504

9-4
 Spare Parts
Screw, pozidrive M3x6 (6)

©
©
— ©
© E
o の
< >
© г
= B
2 ©
Screw, pozidrive M3x8 (2)

š ©
= =
- Y
=
©D
o
[ορ]
A
Screw, pozidrive M4x6 (1)

|
DS
DL
Connector lock screw M3 (4)

SD, |
Screw, pozidrive M3x6 (2)

+
©
CN
>
+
=
qa
- 숨
©
+o $È e
2
323 358
о © © > DO
İT
(15
—

DOm © e x ©
Г,

o = = Ge
|
o ~ 一 一-

Co
ag
o

W
2
© от
=
=
è
—_ © o
o B à の
ーー od y < 8 8
nc — 8 70 x
Doo a 2E
- / =
る 2
の a
9-5
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

Electronic spare parts (continued)

Item Description Order Number
29 EMI Seal Order Hardware Kit
6050-0005-751
30 LCD display shield (included in item 31) Order Item 31

31 LCD display unit, complete with display shield (28) (1D 894745) 897500
32 Backlight for LCD display (includes 2 bulbs) 572791
33 Service Kit, Display adapter board and mounting foam 6050-0006-020
34 Inverter board 6050-0005-752
35 Backlight board (ID 896222) 897502
36 Lithium battery for SRAM on CPU board (ID 197230) 897506
37 CPU board (ID 895196) 897499
NOTE: The appropriate software service kit(s) are required when
reptacing the CPU board (and may be required when replacing the
battery, depending on the monitor software level):
1. Service Kit, Cardiocap/5 Monitor Software: XANE: 6050-0005-821
Dutch or
English
French XCCA: 6050-0005-819
German
2. Service Kit, Cardiocap/5 Monitor Software: XANE: 6050-0005-992
English or
Italian
Portuguese XCCA: 6050-0005-993
Spanish
3. Service Kit, Cardiocap/5 Monitor Software: XANE: 6050-0005-994
Danish
| or
English
Finnish XCCA: 6050-0005-995
Norwegian
Swedish
4. Service Kit, Cardiocap/5 Monitor Software: XANE: 6050-0006-860
English or
Polish
XCCA: 6050-0006-858
5. Service Kit, Cardiocap/5 N-XNET Software 6050-0005-820
(order if N-XNET is installed)

6. Service Kit, Cardiocap/5 N-XDNET Software 6050-0005-822

{order if N-XDNET is installed)

38 ComWheel switch, rotary 6050-0005-748

39 Keyboard 6050-0005-756
40 ComWheel knob 896291

9-6
 Spare Parts

Screw, pozidrive M3x10 (4)

Sleeve 6x8 mm (2)

{in earlier units only)

Screw, pozidrive M3x12 (2)

(in earlier units only)
y AN
CATS
X
©
SY
=

MES 7
CR
X

+
TICA
7
/
N
N

Screw, pozidrive M3x6 (6)

Screw, pozidrive M3x6 (12)

Sleeve 6x2.5 mm (4)

9-7
 Cardiocap/5 Technica! Reference Manual

9.2.3 Connector boards and PVX unit

Item Description ーー Order Number
41 Temperature connector board/cable assembly 895826
42 PVX unit for spirometry (ID 895771) 898958
43 Invasive blood pressure connector board/cable assembly, F-MX 895871
Invasive blood pressure connector board/cable assembly, F-MXG 895163
44 Service Kit, SpO, connector board/cable assembly, standard 895824
Service Kit, SpO, connector board/cable assembly, N-XNSAT option 6050-0006-010
Service Kit, SpO, connector board/cable assembly, N-XOSAT option 6050-0006-014
45 ECG connector board/cable assembly 895160
46 Service Kit, NMT connector board/cable assembly 6050-0006-011

Screw, pozidrive plastite

M3x8 (1)

기
Screw, pozidrive plastite
M2.5x10 (8) % É serew, pozidrive plastite
M2.5x10 (12)

9-8
 Spare Parts

9.2.4 Interconnect cables

item | Description Order Number
50 AC/DC - DC/DC 904810
51 DC/DC - CPU (data) 896221
52 DC/DC - CPU (power) 895876
53 DC/DC - Mother board 895877
54 CPU - Mother board 896214
55 CPU - Backlight board 896218
56 CPU - NET board 896220
57 CAIO - PVX (valves) 896022
58 CAIO - PVX (data) 896023
59 Battery - Mother board 896477
60 Backlight board - Inverter board 896217
61 Interface board - Mother board 6050-0005-947
NMT board - Mother board
62 NSAT SpO, board - SpO, Interface board 8001925
OSAT SpO, board - SpO, Interface board

CO NESTPR Cow. ) | Keyboard | Recorder1 DC/DC -60- , AC/DC le

ECG BI. TS board |: | | | 6D | |

5 » “pd “SIP PCMCIA | |

El F board CPU board ra | Net

Sp02 ) T li |

ta; STI — Net code

NIBP PL NIBP bo:
board | Battery] _ | LCD
| | | ag, 59 displa 1/0
swe トー イト PVE, PI 04w | | beard
— Serial out

(57) (58) 때 — Analog out

Gases || — CAIO |一 一 一 Mother ( 55)ン

|| Backlight board
[lrInverter board |
N-XNSAT | NSAT io VE | | board (60 - kota rd

NXOSAT pi | OSAT board ολη |

NMI Bi — NMT board man -
ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー…ーーーーー

9-9
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

9.3 Parameter unit (NESTPR) and invasive pressures option (N-XP)

Item. | Description. コー Order Number
70 ECG/Resp board 889988
71 Left side plate 895857
72 Star shaft 895855
73 Star plate 895856
74 ECG cable 895818
75 Sp02 cable 895815
76 Invasive pressure cable 895816
77 Temperature cable with T1 (black wires) and 895817
Τ2 (yellow wires) connectors
18 Ribbon cable 890874
19 Strain relief 895958
80 STP board 8002574
81 Right side plate 895858
82 NIBP unit 888272
83 Damping chamber 888240
Not shown NIBP filter 57142

9-10
 Spare Parts

9.4 Airway gas options (N-XC, N-XCO, N-XCAiO)

9.4.1 Service kits
Item/Description Order Number

Service Kit, Planned Maintenance, Anesthesia 8001760

Includes:
Nafion tubing
Zero filter
Occlusion filter
OM reference filter
Fan filter
D-fend O-ring
PM (Planned Maintenance) sticker
Installation guide

Service Kit, Planned Maintenance, Critical Care 8001761

Includes:
Nafion tubing
Zero filter
Occlusion filter
OM reference filter
Fan filter
D-fend O-ring
PM (Planned Maintenance) sticker
Installation guide

Service Kit, Gas Unit Maintenance (for securing bench) 6050-0005-893

Includes:
Foam pad
Hook/loop strap
Tubing sleeves
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

9.4.2 Airway gas spare parts

Item Description Order Number

85 Nafion tube 300 mm 133382

86 Fan unit 896529
87 Occlusion/zero filter (2 pcs/package) 886136
88 Luer connector, male (sampling gas outlet) 895716
89 Sleeve 891035
90 Gas unit CPU board 884313
91 Cable tie 90mm 64001
92 OM reference filter (3) 86901
93 Cable tie 150mm 64000
94 Pump unit 57313
95 Mounting plate 895190
96 Wall plate 895690

Hex nut M3 (2)

Star washer M3.2 (2)

Screw, pozidrive M3x8 (1)

Screw, pozidrive M3x20 (2)

一
Intet ring (2)-T

Screw, pozidrive M3x8 ω

9-12
 Spare Parts

9.5 Recorder option (N-XREC)

item Description. Li Order Number

98 Paper holder for recorder Not available
99 Service Kit, Recorder unit, 1 button 6050-0005-755
Service Kit, Recorder unit, 2 button 6050-0006-009
(for monitors with software version 3.0 or later)
100 Recorder board (including recorder box) 6050-0005-754
for 1-button or 2-button recorder
101 Recorder board (does not include recorder box) 895192
for 1-button or 2-button recorder

Screw, pozidrive M3x6 (3)

Washer, Fiber, 0.125 1D x 0.312 OD (1)

101

9-13
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

9.6 NMT and pulse oximetry options

9.6.1 Service kits

Item/Description : Order Number

Service Kit, Options Enclosure 6050-0006-013

Includes:
EMC shield
Options cover

9.6.2 NMT option (N-XNMT)

“Nem Description | “Order Number
105 EMC shield Order Options Enclosure Kit:
6050-0006-013
106 NMT board 887487
107 EMC cover for NMT microprocessor 886320
108 Options cover Order Options Enclosure Kit:
6050-0006-013

Screw, pozidrive Screw, pozidrive

M3x8 (4) M3x6 (3)
= =

© © (© (©

9-14
 Spare Parts

9.6.3 Pulse oximetry options (N-XOSAT and N-XNSAT)

Item Description ー | ー | Order Number ©
110 Spo, Interface board 6050-0006-012
111 Service Kit, Nelicor MP404 SpO, measurement board, N-XNSAT 6002-0000-164
112 Service Kit, SpO, measurement board, N-XOSAT 6050-0005-648
113 EMC cover for NSAT or OSAT board 884701

Screw, pozidrive Screw, pozidrive | Screw, pozidrive

M3x6 (3) M3x6 (3)

Screw, pozidrive
- M3x6 (4)

Header
{for J3 on OSAT board)

9-15
Cardiocap/5 Technical Reference Manual

9-16